TAS5754M [TI]

40W 立体声、61W 单声道、4.5V 至 26.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器;
TAS5754M
型号: TAS5754M
厂家: TEXAS INSTRUMENTS    TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
描述:

40W 立体声、61W 单声道、4.5V 至 26.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器

放大器 音频放大器
文件: 总129页 (文件大小:4345K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Sample &  
Buy  
Support &  
Community  
Product  
Folder  
Tools &  
Software  
Technical  
Documents  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Digital Input, Closed-Loop Class-D Amplifier with HybridFlow Processing  
1 Features  
3 Description  
The TAS5754M device is a high-performance, stereo  
closed-loop amplifier with integrated audio processor  
with PurePath™ HybridFlow architecture. To convert  
from digital to analog, it uses a high performance  
DAC with Burr-Brown® mixed signal heritage. It  
requires only two power supplies: one DVDD for low-  
voltage circuitry and one PVDD for high-voltage  
circuitry. It is controlled via a software control port  
using standard I2C communication. In the family, the  
TAS5756M uses traditional BD modulation, ensuring  
low distortion characteristics. The TAS5754M uses  
1SPW modulation, reducing the idle current draw at  
the expense of slightly higher distortion.  
1
Flexible Audio I/O Configuration  
Supports I2S, TDM, LJ, RJ Digital Input  
8 kHz to 192 kHz Sample Rate Support  
Stereo Bridge Tied Load (BTL) or Mono  
Parallel Bridge Tied Load (PBTL) Operation  
BD Modulation with TAS5756M, 1SPW  
Modulation with TAS5754M  
Supports 3-Wire Digital Audio Interface (No  
MCLK required)  
High Performance Closed-Loop Architecture  
(PVDD = 12V, RSPK = 8 Ω, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV)  
The unique HybridFlow architecture allows the  
system designer to choose from several configurable  
DSP programs, specifically designed for use in  
popular audio end equipment such as bluetooth (BT)  
speakers, sound bars, docking stations, and  
subwoofers. This combines the flexibility of a fully  
programmable device with the fast download time  
and ease of use of a fixed function ROM device.  
Idle Channel Noise = 62 µVrms (A-Wtd)  
THD+N = 0.007 % (at 1 W, 1 kHz)  
SNR = 103 A-Wtd (Ref. to THD+N = 1%)  
PurePath™ HybridFlow Processing Architecture  
Several Configurable MiniDSP Programs  
(called HybridFlows)  
Download Time <100 ms (typ)  
An optimal mix of thermal performance and device  
cost is provided in the 90 mΩ rDS(on) of the output  
MOSFETs. Additionally, a thermally enhanced 48-  
Terminal TSSOP provides excellent operation in the  
elevated ambient temperatures found in modern  
consumer electronic devices.  
Advanced Audio Processing Algorithms  
Communication Features  
Software Mode Control via I2C Port  
Two Address Select Pins – Up to 4 Devices  
Robustness and Reliability Features  
Device Information(1)  
Clock Error, DC, and Short-Circuit Protection  
Over Temperature and Overcurrent Protection  
PART NUMBER  
PACKAGE  
BODY SIZE (NOM)  
TAS5754M  
TSSOP (48)  
12.05 mm × 6.10 mm  
2 Applications  
(1) For all available packages, see the orderable addendum at  
the end of the datasheet.  
LCD/LED TV and Multi-Purpose Monitors  
Sound Bars, Docking Stations, PC Audio  
Wireless Subwoofers, Bluetooth and Active  
Speakers  
Figure 1. Simplified Block Diagram  
Figure 2. Power at 10% THD+N vs PVDD  
DVDD  
PVDD  
50  
Inst Power, Rspk = 8Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 8Ÿ  
Inst Power, Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Inst Power, Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 4Ÿ  
45  
40  
35  
30  
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
High Voltage  
Supply Domain  
Low-Voltage Supply Domain  
HybridFlow  
Processing  
High Performance  
Stereo DAC  
001100  
1101  
Closed Loop Stereo  
Class D Amplifier  
Serial  
Audio In  
Analog  
Audio Out  
PWM  
Modulator  
Power  
Stage  
Serial  
Audio Out  
miniDSP Core  
Hardware  
Control Port  
Software Control Port  
I²C Communication  
0
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
GPIO/Status  
PVDD (V)  
C036  
Note: Tested on TAS5754M-56MEVM.  
1
An IMPORTANT NOTICE at the end of this data sheet addresses availability, warranty, changes, use in safety-critical applications,  
intellectual property matters and other important disclaimers. PRODUCTION DATA.  
 
 
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table of Contents  
7.13 Typical Performance Plots for the TAS5754M...... 26  
Detailed Description ............................................ 34  
8.1 Overview ................................................................. 34  
8.2 Functional Block Diagram ....................................... 35  
8.3 Feature Description................................................. 35  
8.4 Register Maps......................................................... 61  
Applications and Implementation ...................... 85  
9.1 Application Information............................................ 85  
9.2 Typical Applications ............................................... 86  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Features.................................................................. 1  
8
Applications ........................................................... 1  
Description ............................................................. 1  
Revision History..................................................... 2  
Device Comparison Table..................................... 3  
Pin Configuration and Functions......................... 3  
6.1 Internal Pin Configurations........................................ 5  
Specifications......................................................... 8  
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings ...................................... 8  
7.2 Handling Ratings....................................................... 9  
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions....................... 9  
7.4 Thermal Information.................................................. 9  
7.5 Electrical Characteristics......................................... 10  
7.6 MCLK Timing ......................................................... 15  
7.7 Serial Audio Port Timing – Slave Mode.................. 16  
7.8 Serial Audio Port Timing – Master Mode................ 17  
7.9 I2C Bus Timing – Standard ..................................... 18  
7.10 I2C Bus Timing – Fast........................................... 18  
7.11 SPK_MUTE Timing .............................................. 20  
7.12 Power Dissipation ................................................. 20  
9
7
10 Power Supply Recommendations ................... 105  
10.1 Power Supplies ................................................... 105  
11 Layout................................................................. 107  
11.1 Layout Guidelines ............................................... 107  
11.2 Layout Examples................................................. 109  
12 Device and Documentation Support ............... 119  
12.1 Device Support.................................................... 119  
12.2 Trademarks......................................................... 119  
12.3 Electrostatic Discharge Caution.......................... 119  
12.4 Glossary.............................................................. 119  
13 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable  
Information ......................................................... 120  
4 Revision History  
DATE  
REVISION  
NOTES  
June 2014  
*
Initial release.  
2
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
5 Device Comparison Table  
DEVICE NAME  
MODULATION STYLE  
1SPW (Ternary)  
TAS5754MDCA  
TAS5756MDCA  
BD Modulation  
6 Pin Configuration and Functions  
48-Terminal TSSOP  
DCA Package  
(Thermal Pad Down)  
BSTRPA±  
SPK_OUTA±  
PGND  
SPK_OUTA+  
BSTRPA+  
PVDD  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
48  
47  
46  
45  
44  
43  
42  
41  
40  
39  
38  
37  
36  
35  
34  
33  
32  
31  
30  
BSTRPB±  
SPK_OUTB±  
PGND  
SPK_OUTB+  
BSTRPB+  
PVDD  
PVDD  
PVDD  
SPK_FAULT  
PGND  
SPK_INB±  
SPK_INB+  
DAC_OUTB  
CPVSS  
CN  
GND  
CP  
CPVDD  
DVDD  
PVDD  
GVDD_REG  
SPK_GAIN/FREQ  
AGND  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
SPK_INA±  
SPK_INA+  
DAC_OUTA  
AVDD  
AGND  
SDA  
SCL  
GPIO0  
Thermal Pad  
GPIO1  
ADR1  
GPIO2  
MCLK  
SCLK  
DGND  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
DVDD_REG  
SPK_MUTE  
ADR0  
SDIN  
LRCK/FS  
Pin Functions  
PIN  
NAME  
INTERNAL  
TERMINATION  
TYPE(1)  
DESCRIPTION  
NO.  
26  
20  
10  
15  
14  
Sets the LSB of the I2C Address to 0 if pulled to GND, to 1 if pulled to DVDD  
Sets the 2nd LSB of the I2C Address to 0 if pulled to GND, to 1 if pulled to DVDD  
ADR0  
ADR1  
DI  
DI  
Figure 13  
Ground reference for analog circuitry (NOTE: This pin should be connected to the system  
ground)  
AGND  
AVDD  
G
P
P
Figure 4  
Power supply for internal analog circuitry  
Connection point for the SPK_OUTA– bootstrap capacitor which is used to create a power  
supply for the high-side gate drive for SPK_OUTA–  
BSTRPA–  
BSTRPA+  
BSTRPB–  
BSTRPB+  
1
5
Connection point for the SPK_OUTA+ bootstrap capacitor which is used to create a power  
supply for the high-side gate drive for SPK_OUTA  
P
P
P
Figure 5  
Connection point for the SPK_OUTB– bootstrap capacitor which is used to create a power  
supply for the high-side gate drive for SPK_OUTB–  
48  
44  
Connection point for the SPK_OUTB+ bootstrap capacitor which is used to create a power  
supply for the high-side gate drive for SPK_OUTB+  
(1) AI = Analog input, AO = Analog output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, DI/O = Digital Bi-directional (input and output), P =  
Power, G = Ground (0 V)  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
3
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Pin Functions (continued)  
PIN  
INTERNAL  
TERMINATION  
TYPE(1)  
DESCRIPTION  
NAME  
NO.  
Negative pin for capacitor connection used in the headphone amplifier and line driver charge  
pump  
CN  
CP  
34  
P
P
Figure 17  
Positive pin for capacitor connection used in the headphone amplifier and line driver charge  
pump  
32  
Figure 16  
CPVDD  
31  
35  
13  
36  
29  
30  
P
P
Figure 4  
Power supply for charge pump circuitry  
CPVSS  
Figure 17  
–3.3-V supply generated by charge pump for the DAC  
Single-ended output for Channel A of the DAC  
Single-ended output for Channel B of the DAC  
Ground reference for digital circuitry. Connect this pin to the system ground.  
Power supply for the internal digital circuitry  
DAC_OUTA  
DAC_OUTB  
DGND  
AO  
AO  
G
Figure 10  
DVDD  
P
Figure 4  
Voltage regulator derived from DVDD supply for use for internal digital circuitry. This pin is  
provided as a connection point for filtering capacitors for this supply and must not be used to  
power any external circuitry.  
DVDD_REG  
28  
P
Figure 18  
GND  
33  
18  
19  
21  
G
Ground pin for device. This pin should be connected to the system ground.  
GPIO0  
GPIO1  
GPIO2  
General purpose input/output pins (GPIOx) which can be incorporated in a HybridFlow for a  
given purpose. Refer to documentation of target HybridFlow to determine if any of these pins  
are required by the HybridFlow and, if so, how they are to be used. In most HybridFlows,  
presentation of a serial audio signal, called SDOUT, is done through GPIO2.  
DI/O  
P
Figure 13  
Figure 7  
Voltage regulator derived from PVDD supply to generate the voltage required for the gate drive  
of output MOSFETs. This pin is provided as a connection point for filtering capacitors for this  
supply and must not be used to power any external circuitry.  
GVDD_REG  
8
Word select clock for the digital signal that is active on the serial port's input data line. In I2S,  
LJ, and RJ, this corresponds to the left channel and right channel boundary. In TDM mode, this  
corresponds to the frame sync boundary.  
LRCK/FS  
MCLK  
25  
DI/O  
DI  
Figure 14  
22  
3
Master clock used for internal clock tree and sub-circuit and state machine clocking  
PGND  
39  
46  
6
G
Ground reference for power device circuitry. Connect this pin to the system ground.  
7
PVDD  
41  
42  
43  
17  
23  
16  
24  
11  
12  
38  
37  
P
Figure 3  
Power supply for internal power circuitry  
I2C serial control port clock  
SCL  
DI  
DI/O  
DI/O  
D1  
AI  
Figure 12  
Figure 14  
Figure 11  
Figure 14  
SCLK  
Bit clock for the digital signal that is active on the input data line of the serial data port  
I2C serial control port data  
SDA  
SDIN  
Data line to the serial data port  
SPK_INA–  
SPK_INA+  
SPK_INB–  
SPK_INB+  
Negative pin for differential speaker amplifier input A  
Positive pin for differential speaker amplifier input A  
Negative pin for differential speaker amplifier input B  
Positive pin for differential speaker amplifier input B  
AI  
Figure 9  
AI  
AI  
Fault pin which is pulled low when an overcurrent, overtemperature, overvoltage, undervoltage,  
or DC detect event occurs  
SPK_FAULT  
40  
DO  
Figure 19  
Figure 8  
SPK_GAIN/FREQ  
SPK_OUTA–  
SPK_OUTA+  
SPK_OUTB–  
SPK_OUTB+  
9
2
AI  
Sets the gain and switching frequency of the speaker amplifier.  
Negative pin for differential speaker amplifier output A  
Positive pin for differential speaker amplifier output A  
Negative pin for differential speaker amplifier output B  
Positive pin for differential speaker amplifier output B  
AO  
AO  
AO  
AO  
4
Figure 6  
47  
45  
Speaker amplifier mute which must be pulled low (connected to DGND) to mute the device and  
pulled high (connected to DVDD) to unmute the device.  
SPK_MUTE  
Themal pad  
27  
I
Figure 15  
Provides both electrical and thermal connection from the device to the board. A matching  
ground pad must be provided on the PCB and the device connected to it through solder. For  
proper electrical operation, this ground pad must be connected to the system ground.  
G
4
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
6.1 Internal Pin Configurations  
PVDD  
DVDD  
30 V ESD  
3.3 V ESD  
Figure 3. PVDD Pins  
Figure 4. AVDD, DVDD and CPVDD Pins  
GVDD  
PVDD  
BSTRPxx  
PVDD  
7 V ESD  
SPK_OUTxx  
SPK_OUTxx  
Figure 5. BSTRPxx Pins  
Figure 6. SPK_OUTxx Pins  
GVDD  
PVDD  
10 Ÿꢀ  
GVDD  
10 NŸꢀ  
SPK_GAIN/FREQ  
7 V ESD  
7 V ESD  
Figure 8. SPK_GAIN/FREQ Pin  
Figure 7. GVDD_REG Pin  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
5
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Internal Pin Configurations (continued)  
AVDD  
SPK_INxx  
7 V ESD  
Gain Switch  
CPVSS  
DAC_OUTA  
Figure 9. SPK_INxx Pins  
Figure 10. DAC_OUTx Pins  
DVDD  
SDA  
DVDD  
SCL  
3.3 V  
ESD  
3.3 V  
ESD  
Figure 11. SDA Pin  
Figure 12. SCL Pin  
DVDD  
DVDD  
GPIO1  
GPIO2  
GPIO3  
ADR0  
ADR1  
MCLK  
SCLK  
SDIN  
3.3 V  
ESD  
3.3 V  
ESD  
LRCK/FS  
Figure 14. SCLK, BCLK, SDIN, and LRCK/FS Pins  
Figure 13. GPIO and ADR Pins  
6
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Internal Pin Configurations (continued)  
DVDD  
CVPDD  
CP  
SPK_MUTE  
3.3 V  
ESD  
3.3 V  
ESD  
Figure 15. SPK_MUTE Pin  
Figure 16. CP Pin  
DVDD  
GND  
CN  
DVDD_REG  
3.3 V  
ESD  
1.8 V  
ESD  
CPVSS  
3.3 V  
ESD  
Figure 18. DVDD_REG Pin  
Figure 17. CN and CPVSS Pins  
100 Ÿꢀ  
SPK_FAULT  
28 V  
ESD  
Figure 19. SPK_FAULT Pin  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
7
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
7 Specifications  
7.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings(1)  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
Low-voltage digital, analog, charge pump  
supply  
DVDD, AVDD, CPVDD  
–0.3  
3.9  
V
PVDD supply  
PVDD  
–0.3  
30  
V
V
Input voltage for SPK_GAIN/FREQ and  
SPK_FAULT pins  
VI(AmpCtrl)  
–0.3 VGVDD+0.3  
DVDD referenced digital inputs(2)  
Analog input into speaker amplifier  
Voltage at speaker output pins  
Ambient operating temperature, TA  
VI(DigIn)  
–0.5 VDVDD+0.5  
V
V
VI(SPK_INxx)  
VI(SPK_OUTxx)  
–0.3  
–0.3  
–25  
6.3  
32  
85  
V
°C  
(1) Stresses beyond those listed under absolute maximum ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings  
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under recommended operating  
conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.  
(2) DVDD referenced digital pins include: ADR0, ADR1, GPIO0, GPIO1, GPIO2, LRCK/FS, MCLK, SCL, SCLK, SDA, SDIN, and  
SPK_MUTE.  
8
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
7.2 Handling Ratings  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
Tstg  
Storage temperature range  
–40  
125  
°C  
Human body model (HBM), per ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001, all  
pins(1)  
–2  
2
kV  
V
V(ESD)  
Electrostatic discharge  
Charged device model (CDM), per JEDEC specification  
JESD22-C101, all pins(2)  
–500  
500  
(1) JEDEC document JEP155 states that 500-V HBM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.  
(2) JEDEC document JEP157 states that 250-V CDM allows safe manufacturing with a standard ESD control process.  
7.3 Recommended Operating Conditions  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
MIN  
2.9  
4.5  
3
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
DVDD, AVDD, CPVDD  
PVDD  
3.63  
26.4  
V(POWER)  
Power supply inputs  
V
Minimum speaker load in BTL mode  
Minimum speaker load in PBTL mode  
Ω
Ω
RSPK  
2
Input logic high for DVDD referenced  
digital inputs(1)(2)  
VIH(DigIn)  
VIL(DigIn)  
LOUT  
0.9×VDVDD  
VDVDD  
1
VDVDD  
V
V
Input logic low for DVDD referenced  
digital inputs(1)(3)  
0
0.1×VDVDD  
Minimum inductor value in LC filter  
under short-circuit condition  
4.7  
µH  
(1) DVDD referenced digital pins include: ADR0, ADR1, GPIO0, GPIO1, GPIO2, LRCK/FS, MCLK, SCL, SCLK, SDA, SDIN, and  
SPK_MUTE.  
(2) The best practice for driving the input pins of the TAS5754M device is to power the drive circuit or pull-up resistor from the same supply  
which provides the DVDD power supply.  
(3) The best practice for driving the input pins of the TAS5754M device low is to pull them down, either actively or through pull-down  
resistors to the system ground.  
7.4 Thermal Information  
TSSOP  
(48 PINS)  
THERMAL METRIC(1)  
UNIT  
JEDEC  
JEDEC  
TAS5754M-  
56MEVM  
STANDARD 2  
LAYER PCB  
STANDARD 4  
LAYER PCB  
(AIP012A)  
RθJA  
Junction-to-ambient thermal resistance  
Junction-to-case (top) thermal resistance  
Junction-to-board thermal resistance  
41.8  
14.4  
9.4  
27.6  
14.4  
9.4  
19.4  
14.4  
9.4  
RθJC(top)  
RθJB  
ψJT  
Junction-to-top characterization  
parameter  
0.6  
8.1  
1.0  
0.6  
9.3  
1.0  
2.0  
4.8  
N/A  
°C/W  
ψJB  
Junction-to-board characterization  
parameter  
RθJC(bot)  
Junction-to-case (bottom) thermal  
resistance  
(1) For more information about traditional and new thermal metrics, see the IC Package Thermal Metrics application report, SPRA953.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
9
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
7.5 Electrical Characteristics  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
10  
UNIT  
DIGITAL I/O  
Input logic high current  
level for DVDD  
referenced digital input  
pins(1)  
|IIH|1  
VIN(DigIn) = VDVDD  
µA  
Input logic low current  
level for DVDD  
|IIL|1  
VIN(DigIn) = 0 V  
–10  
referenced digital input  
pins.(1)  
Input logic high  
threshold for DVDD  
referenced digital  
inputs(1)  
VIH1  
70%  
80%  
VDVDD  
Input logic low threshold  
for DVDD referenced  
digital inputs(1)  
VIL1  
30%  
VDVDD  
Output logic high  
voltage level(1)  
VOH(DigOut)  
IOH = 4 mA  
VDVDD  
VDVDD  
V
Output logic low voltage  
level(1)  
VOL(DigOut)  
IOH = –4mA  
22%  
0.8  
Output logic low voltage  
level for SPK_FAULT  
VOL(SPK_FAULT)  
With 100-kΩ pull-up resistor  
I2C CONTROL PORT  
Allowable load  
CL(I2C)  
capacitance for each  
I2C Line  
400  
pF  
fSCL(fast)  
fSCL(slow)  
Support SCL frequency No wait states, fast mode  
Support SCL frequency No wait states, slow mode  
400  
100  
kHz  
kHz  
Noise margin at High  
level for each connected  
device (including  
hysteresis)  
VNH  
0.2 × VDD  
V
MCLK AND PLL SPECIFICATIONS  
Allowable MCLK duty  
cycle  
DMCLK  
40%  
128  
6.7  
1
60%  
512  
20  
Supported MCLK  
frequencies  
(2)  
fMCLK  
Up to 50 MHz  
fS  
Clock divider uses fractional divide D  
> 0, P = 1  
MHz  
MHz  
fPLL  
PLL input frequency  
Clock divider uses integer divide D =  
0, P = 1  
20  
(1) DVDD referenced digital pins include: ADR0, ADR1, GPIO0, GPIO1, GPIO2, LRCK/FS, MCLK, SCL, SCLK, SDA, SDIN, and  
SPK_MUTE.  
(2) A unit of fS indicates that the specification is the value listed in the table multiplied by the sample rate of the audio used in the  
TAS5754M device .  
10  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
SERIAL AUDIO PORT  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
Required LRCK/FS to  
SCLK rising edge delay  
tDLY  
DSCLK  
fS  
5
40%  
8
ns  
Allowable SCLK duty  
cycle  
60%  
192  
Supported input sample  
rates  
kHz  
Supported SCLK  
frequencies  
(3)  
fSCLK  
fSCLK  
32  
64  
fS  
SCLK frequency  
Either master mode or slave mode  
24.576  
MHz  
SPEAKER AMPLIFIER (ALL OUTPUT CONFIGURATIONS)  
SPK_GAIN/FREQ voltage < 3.0 V,  
see Adjustable Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency Selection  
20.3  
dBV  
AV(SPK_AMP)  
Speaker amplifier gain  
SPK_GAIN/FREQ voltage > 3.3 V,  
see Adjustable Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency Selection  
26.427  
±1  
dBV  
dBV  
Typical variation of  
speaker amplifier gain  
ΔAV(SPK_AMP)  
Switching frequency depends on  
voltage presented at  
SPK_GAIN/FREQ pin and the  
clocking arrangement, including the  
incoming sample rate, see Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and Switching  
Frequency Selection  
Switching frequency of  
the speaker amplifier  
fSPK_AMP  
176.4  
768  
kHz  
Injected Noise = 50 Hz to 60 Hz, 200  
mVP-P, Gain = 26dBV, input audio  
signal = digital zero  
Power supply rejection  
ratio  
KSVR  
60  
90  
dB  
VPVDD = 24 V, I(SPK_OUT) = 500 mA, TJ  
= 25°C, includes PVDD/PGND pins,  
leadframe, bondwires and  
Drain-to-source on  
resistance of the  
individual output  
MOSFETs  
mΩ  
rDS(on)  
metallization layers.  
VPVDD = 24 V, I(SPK_OUT) = 500 mA, TJ  
= 25°C  
90  
7.5  
150  
27  
mΩ  
A
SPK_OUTxx Over-  
Current Error Threshold  
OCETHRES  
Over-Temperature Error  
Threshold  
OTETHRES  
°C  
V
PVDD Over-Voltage  
Error Threshold  
OVETHRES(PVDD)  
UVETHRES(PVDD)  
PVDD Under-Voltage  
Error Threshold  
4.5  
V
SPEAKER AMPLIFIER (STEREO BTL)  
Measured differentially with zero input  
data, SPK_GAIN/FREQ pin  
2
5
10  
15  
configured for 20dBV gain, VPVDD  
12 V  
=
|VOS  
|
Amplifier offset voltage  
mV  
Measured differentially with zero input  
data, SPK_GAIN/FREQ pin  
configured for 26dBV gain, VPVDD  
24 V  
=
(3) A unit of fS indicates that the specification is the value listed in the table multiplied by the sample rate of the audio used in the  
TAS5754M device .  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
11  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted  
62  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted  
65  
78  
81  
ICN(SPK)  
Idle channel noise  
µVRMS  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
14  
40  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%  
33  
30  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%  
Maximum continuous  
output power per  
channel  
PO(SPK)  
W
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
21  
18  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
23  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%  
13  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted, -120dBFS  
Input  
102  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted, -120dBFS  
Input  
103  
105  
103  
Signal-to-noise ratio  
(referenced to 0dBFS  
input signal)  
SNR  
dB  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN[1:0] Pins =  
10, RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted, -  
120dBFS Input  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted, -120dBFS  
Input  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, PO = 1 W  
0.009%  
0.006%  
0.028%  
0.018%  
0.017%  
0.02%  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, PO = 1 W  
Total harmonic  
distortion and noise  
THD+NSPK  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, PO = 1 W  
0.017%  
0.022%  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, PO = 1 W  
12  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, Input Signal 250 mVrms,  
1-kHz Sine, across f(S)  
–102  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, Input Signal 250 mVrms,  
1-kHz Sine, across f(S)  
–90  
–93  
–93  
Cross-talk (worst case  
between left-to-right and  
right-to-left coupling)  
X-talkSPK  
dB  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, Input Signal 250 mVrms,  
1-kHz Sine, across f(S)  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 20dB,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, Input Signal 250 mVrms,  
1-kHz Sine, across f(S)  
SPEAKER AMPLIFIER (MONO PBTL)  
Measured differentially with zero input  
data, SPK_GAIN/FREQ pin  
0.7  
4
8
configured for 20dBV gain, VPVDD  
12 V  
=
|VOS  
|
Amplifier offset voltage  
mV  
Measured differentially with zero input  
data, SPK_GAIN/FREQ pin  
configured for 20dB gain, VPVDD = 24  
V
14  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted  
64  
62  
83  
82  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted  
ICN  
Idle channel noise  
µVRMS  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
13  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 2 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
40  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
61  
34  
50  
9
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 2 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
36  
20  
44  
Maximum continuous  
output power per  
channel  
PO  
W
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 2 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
22  
13  
30  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 2 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, THD+N = 0.1%, Unless  
otherwise noted  
16  
104  
105  
107  
105  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted, -120dBFS  
Input  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted, -120dBFS  
Input  
Signal-to-noise ratio  
(referenced to 0dBFS  
input signal)  
SNR  
dB  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted, -120dBFS  
Input  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, A-Weighted, -120dBFS  
Input  
14  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)  
PARAMETER  
TEST CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNIT  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, PO = 1 W  
0.019%  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, PO = 1 W  
0.014%  
0.035%  
0.04%  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 2 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 24 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, PO = 1 W  
0.027%  
0.029%  
0.047%  
0.025%  
0.047%  
0.015%  
0.037%  
0.020%  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, PO = 1 W  
Total harmonic  
distortion and noise  
THD+N  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 2 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 4 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 2 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 15 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 12 V, SPK_GAIN = 20 dBV,  
RSPK = 2 Ω, PO = 1 W  
VPVDD = 19 V, SPK_GAIN = 26 dBV,  
RSPK = 8 Ω, PO = 1 W  
7.6 MCLK Timing  
MIN  
20  
9
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
ns  
tMCLK  
MCLK period  
1000  
tMCLKH  
tMCLKL  
MCLK pulse width, high  
MCLK pulse width, low  
ns  
9
ns  
t
MCLKH  
"H"  
0.7 × V  
DVDD  
0.3 × V  
DVDD  
"L"  
t
t
MCLKL  
MCLK  
Figure 20. Timing Requirements for MCLK Input  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
15  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
7.7 Serial Audio Port Timing – Slave Mode  
MIN  
40  
16  
16  
8
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
ns  
tSCLK  
tSCLKL  
tSCLKH  
tSL  
SCLK period  
SCLK pulse width, low  
ns  
SCLK pulse width, high  
ns  
SCLK rising to LRCK/FS edge  
LRCK/FS Edge to SCLK rising edge  
Data set-up time, before SCLK rising edge  
Data hold time, after SCLK rising edge  
Data delay time from SCLK falling edge  
ns  
tLS  
8
ns  
tSU  
8
ns  
tDH  
8
ns  
tDFS  
15  
ns  
LRCK/FS  
(Input)  
0.5 × DVDD  
0.5 × DVDD  
t
t
SCLKL  
SCLKH  
t
LS  
SCLK  
(Input)  
t
t
SL  
SCLK  
DATA  
(Input)  
0.5 × DVDD  
0.5 × DVDD  
t
t
DH  
SU  
t
DFS  
DATA  
(Output)  
Figure 21. MCLK Timing Diagram in Slave Mode  
16  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
7.8 Serial Audio Port Timing – Master Mode  
MIN  
40  
16  
16  
–10  
8
NOM  
MAX  
UNIT  
ns  
tSCLK  
tSCLKL  
tSCLKH  
tLRD  
SCLK period  
SCLK pulse width, low  
ns  
SCLK pulse width, high  
ns  
LRCK/FS delay time from to SCLK falling edge  
Data set-up time, before SCLK rising edge  
Data hold time, after SCLK rising edge  
Data delay time from SCLK falling edge  
20  
15  
ns  
tSU  
ns  
tDH  
8
ns  
tDFS  
ns  
t
BCL  
t
SCLK.  
SCLK  
(Input)  
0.5 × DVDD  
0.5 × DVDD  
t
t
LRD  
SCLK  
LRCK/FS  
(Input)  
t
DFS  
DATA  
(Input)  
0.5 × DVDD  
t
t
DH  
SU  
DATA  
(Output)  
0.5 × DVDD  
Figure 22. MCLK Timing Diagram in Master Mode  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
17  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
7.9 I2C Bus Timing – Standard  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
kHz  
µs  
fSCL  
SCL clock frequency  
100  
tBUF  
Bus free time between a STOP and START condition  
Low period of the SCL clock  
High period of the SCL clock  
Setup time for (repeated)START condition  
Hold time for (repeated)START condition  
Data setup time  
4.7  
tLOW  
tHI  
4.7  
µs  
4.0  
µs  
tRS-SU  
tS-HD  
tD-SU  
tD-HD  
tSCL-R  
4.7  
µs  
4.0  
250  
µs  
ns  
Data hold time  
0
900  
ns  
Rise time of SCL signal  
20 + 0.1CB  
1000  
ns  
Rise time of SCL signal after a repeated START condition and after an  
acknowledge bit  
tSCL-R1  
20 + 0.1CB  
1000  
ns  
tSCL-F  
tSDA-R  
tSDA-F  
tP-SU  
Fall time of SCL signal  
20 + 0.1CB  
20 + 0.1CB  
20 + 0.1CB  
4.0  
1000  
1000  
1000  
ns  
ns  
ns  
µs  
Rise time of SDA signal  
Fall time of SDA signal  
Setup time for STOP condition  
7.10 I2C Bus Timing – Fast  
MIN  
MAX  
UNIT  
kHz  
µs  
fSCL  
SCL clock frequency  
400  
tBUF  
Bus free time between a STOP and START condition  
Low period of the SCL clock  
High period of the SCL clock  
Setup time for (repeated)START condition  
Hold time for (repeated)START condition  
Data setup time  
1.3  
tLOW  
tHI  
1.3  
µs  
600  
ns  
tRS-SU  
tRS-HD  
tD-SU  
tD-HD  
tSCL-R  
600  
ns  
600  
100  
ns  
ns  
Data hold time  
0
900  
300  
ns  
Rise time of SCL signal  
20 + 0.1CB  
ns  
Rise time of SCL signal after a repeated START condition and after an  
acknowledge bit  
tSCL-R1  
20 + 0.1CB  
300  
ns  
tSCL-F  
tSDA-R  
tSDA-F  
tP-SU  
tSP  
Fall time of SCL signal  
20 + 0.1CB  
20 + 0.1CB  
20 + 0.1CB  
600  
300  
300  
300  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Rise time of SDA signal  
Fall time of SDA signal  
Setup time for STOP condition  
Pulse width of spike suppressed  
50  
18  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Repeated  
START  
START  
STOP  
t
t
t
t
P-SU  
t
D-SU  
D-HD  
SDA-F  
SDA-R  
t
BUF.  
SDA  
t
t
t
SP  
SCL-R.  
RS-HD  
t
LOW.  
SCL  
t
HI.  
t
RS-SU  
t
t
SCL-F.  
S-HD.  
Figure 23. I2C Communication Port Timing Diagram  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
19  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
7.11 SPK_MUTE Timing  
MIN  
MAX  
20  
UNIT  
ns  
tr  
tf  
Rise time  
Fall time  
20  
ns  
0.9 × DV  
DD  
DD  
0.1 × DV  
SPK_MUTE  
t
r
t
f
< 20 ns  
< 20 ns  
Figure 24. SPK_MUTE Timing Diagram for Soft Mute Operation via Hardware Pin  
7.12 Power Dissipation  
SPK_GAIN(1)(2)(3)  
(dBV)  
fSPK_AMP  
(kHz)  
STATE OF  
OPERATION  
RSPK  
(Ω)  
IPVDD  
IDVDD  
PDISS  
(W)  
(4)  
(5)  
VPVDD  
(V)  
(mA)  
(mA)  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
21.3  
0.273  
0.273  
0.273  
0.273  
0.273  
0.274  
0.071  
0.072  
0.072  
0.018  
0.018  
0.019  
0.319  
0.319  
0.297  
0.319  
0.319  
0.319  
0.071  
0.071  
0.072  
0.019  
0.019  
0.019  
Idle  
Mute  
21.33  
21.3  
21.33  
21.34  
21.36  
2.08  
384  
Standby  
Powerdown  
Idle  
2.11  
2.17  
2.03  
2.04  
1
2.06  
1
7.4  
20  
27.48  
27.49  
24.46  
27.5  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
Mute  
27.51  
27.52  
2.04  
768  
Standby  
Powerdown  
2.08  
2.11  
2.06  
2.07  
1
2.08  
1
(1) Mute: P0-R3-B0,B5 = 1  
(2) Standby: P0-R2-B5 = 1  
(3) P0-R2-B0 = 1  
(4) IPVDD refers to all current that flows through the PVDD supply for the DUT. Any other current sinks not directly related to the DUT current  
draw were removed.  
(5) IDVDD refers to all current that flows through the DVDD (3.3-V) supply for the DUT. Any other current sinks not directly related to the  
DUT current draw were removed.  
20  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Power Dissipation (continued)  
(4)  
(5)  
VPVDD  
(V)  
SPK_GAIN(1)(2)(3)  
(dBV)  
fSPK_AMP  
(kHz)  
STATE OF  
OPERATION  
RSPK  
(Ω)  
IPVDD  
IDVDD  
PDISS  
(W)  
(mA)  
24.33  
24.32  
24.36  
24.36  
24.32  
24.37  
3.58  
(mA)  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
0.386  
0.385  
0.386  
0.386  
0.385  
0.386  
0.096  
0.096  
0.096  
0.042  
0.042  
0.043  
0.456  
0.456  
0.456  
0.150  
0.456  
0.456  
0.095  
0.095  
0.096  
0.042  
0.042  
0.043  
Idle  
Mute  
384  
Standby  
Powerdown  
Idle  
3.57  
3.58  
3.52  
3.52  
1
3.54  
1
11.1  
20  
30.7  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
30.65  
30.67  
3.072  
30.69  
30.69  
3.54  
Mute  
768  
Standby  
Powerdown  
3.54  
3.58  
3.53  
3.53  
1
3.55  
1
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
21  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Power Dissipation (continued)  
(4)  
(5)  
VPVDD  
(V)  
SPK_GAIN(1)(2)(3)  
(dBV)  
fSPK_AMP  
(kHz)  
STATE OF  
OPERATION  
RSPK  
(Ω)  
IPVDD  
IDVDD  
PDISS  
(W)  
(mA)  
25.07  
25.08  
25.1  
(mA)  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
0.416  
0.416  
0.417  
0.417  
0.416  
0.417  
0.103  
0.103  
0.103  
0.050  
0.050  
0.050  
0.491  
0.491  
0.491  
0.491  
0.491  
0.491  
0.103  
0.103  
0.103  
0.050  
0.050  
0.050  
Idle  
Mute  
25.12  
25.08  
25.11  
3.92  
384  
Standby  
Powerdown  
Idle  
3.93  
3.94  
3.87  
3.85  
1
3.87  
1
12  
20  
31.31  
31.29  
31.31  
31.31  
31.33  
31.32  
3.88  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
Mute  
768  
Standby  
Powerdown  
3.9  
3.91  
3.89  
3.91  
1
3.88  
1
22  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Power Dissipation (continued)  
(4)  
(5)  
VPVDD  
(V)  
SPK_GAIN(1)(2)(3)  
(dBV)  
fSPK_AMP  
(kHz)  
STATE OF  
OPERATION  
RSPK  
(Ω)  
IPVDD  
IDVDD  
PDISS  
(W)  
(mA)  
27.94  
27.91  
27.75  
27.98  
27.94  
27.88  
5.09  
(mA)  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
0.535  
0.534  
0.532  
0.535  
0.535  
0.534  
0.132  
0.133  
0.134  
0.079  
0.079  
0.080  
0.611  
0.611  
0.612  
0.611  
0.611  
0.611  
0.132  
0.132  
0.133  
0.079  
0.079  
0.080  
Idle  
Mute  
384  
Standby  
Powerdown  
Idle  
5.12  
5.19  
5.02  
5.06  
1
5.14  
1
15  
26  
33.05  
33.03  
33.08  
33.03  
33.04  
33.05  
5.07  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
Mute  
768  
Standby  
Powerdown  
5.09  
5.14  
5.02  
5.04  
1
5.09  
1
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
23  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Power Dissipation (continued)  
(4)  
(5)  
VPVDD  
(V)  
SPK_GAIN(1)(2)(3)  
(dBV)  
fSPK_AMP  
(kHz)  
STATE OF  
OPERATION  
RSPK  
(Ω)  
IPVDD  
IDVDD  
PDISS  
(W)  
(mA)  
32.27  
32.19  
32.08  
32.27  
32.24  
32.22  
6.95  
6.93  
7
(mA)  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
0.748  
0.746  
0.744  
0.748  
0.747  
0.747  
0.192  
0.192  
0.193  
0.138  
0.139  
0.140  
0.801  
0.801  
0.801  
0.801  
0.801  
0.801  
0.192  
0.192  
0.193  
0.137  
0.138  
0.139  
Idle  
Mute  
384  
Standby  
Powerdown  
Idle  
6.89  
6.9  
1
6.96  
34.99  
34.95  
34.97  
34.96  
34.98  
34.96  
6.93  
6.93  
6.98  
6.84  
6.89  
6.9  
1
19.6  
26  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
Mute  
768  
Standby  
Powerdown  
1
1
24  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Power Dissipation (continued)  
(4)  
(5)  
VPVDD  
(V)  
SPK_GAIN(1)(2)(3)  
(dBV)  
fSPK_AMP  
(kHz)  
STATE OF  
OPERATION  
RSPK  
(Ω)  
IPVDD  
IDVDD  
PDISS  
(W)  
(mA)  
36.93  
36.87  
36.77  
36.94  
36.89  
36.85  
8.73  
(mA)  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
4
6
8
1.002  
1.000  
0.998  
1.002  
1.001  
1.000  
0.266  
0.265  
0.265  
0.211  
0.211  
0.212  
1.000  
1.000  
0.999  
1.000  
1.000  
0.999  
0.264  
0.264  
0.265  
0.210  
0.211  
0.211  
Idle  
Mute  
384  
Standby  
Powerdown  
Idle  
8.72  
8.71  
8.64  
8.66  
1
8.69  
1
24  
26  
36.84  
36.86  
36.83  
36.85  
36.84  
36.82  
8.66  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
35  
17  
17  
17  
1
Mute  
768  
Standby  
Powerdown  
8.68  
8.71  
8.63  
8.64  
1
8.65  
1
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
25  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
7.13 Typical Performance Plots for the TAS5754M  
All performance plots were taken using the TAS5754M-56MEVM at room temperature, unless otherwise noted.  
The term "Traditional LC filter" refers to the output filter that is present by default on the EVM. For "Filterless"  
measurements, the on-board LC filter was removed and an Audio Precision AUX-025 measurement filter was  
used to take the measurements.  
Table 1. Quick Reference Table  
OUTPUT  
CONFIG  
PLOT TITLE  
PLOT NUMBER  
Figure 25. Output Power vs PVDD  
C036  
C034  
C002  
C037  
C003  
C035  
C004  
C038  
C005  
C006  
C007  
C013  
C015  
C008  
C009  
C010  
C011  
C012  
C014  
C039  
C017  
C018  
C019  
C020  
C021  
C022  
C023  
C024  
C025  
C026  
C031  
C033  
C027  
C028  
C029  
C030  
C032  
Figure 26. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 27. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 28. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 29. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 30. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 31. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 32. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 33. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 34. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD  
Figure 35. Efficiency vs Output Power  
BTL  
Figure 36. Idle Current Draw (Filterless) vs PVDD  
Figure 37. Idle Current Draw (Traditional LC Filter) vs PVDD  
Figure 38. Crosstalk vs. Frequency  
Figure 39. PVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 40. DVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 41. AVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 42. CPVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 43. Powerdown Current Draw vs PVDD  
Figure 44. Output Power vs PVDD  
Figure 45. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 46. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 47. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 48. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 49. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 50. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 51. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 52. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 53. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD  
Figure 54. Efficiency vs Output Power  
PBTL  
Figure 55. Idle Current Draw (filterless) vs PVDD  
Figure 56. Idle Current Draw (traditional LC filter) vs PVDD  
Figure 57. PVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 58. DVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 59. AVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 60. CPVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Figure 61. Powerdown Current Draw vs PVDD  
26  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
7.13.1 Bridge Tied Load (BTL) Configuration Curves  
Return to Quick Reference Table.  
50  
1
0.1  
Inst Power, Rspk = 8Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Rspk = 8Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 8Ÿ  
Inst Power, Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Inst Power, Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 4Ÿ  
45  
40  
35  
30  
25  
20  
15  
10  
5
0.01  
0.001  
0
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
PVDD (V)  
Frequency (Hz)  
C036  
C034  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
Figure 25. Output Power vs PVDD – BTL  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
PO = 1W  
VPVDD = 12V  
Figure 26. THD+N vs Frequency – BTL  
1
1
0.1  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Rspk = 8Ÿ  
Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Rspk = 8Ÿ  
0.1  
0.01  
0.001  
0.01  
0.001  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
Frequency (Hz)  
Frequency (Hz)  
C002  
C037  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
PO = 1W  
VPVDD = 15V  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
PO = 1W  
VPVDD = 18V  
Figure 27. THD+N vs Frequency – BTL  
Figure 28. THD+N vs Frequency – BTL  
1
0.1  
10  
1
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Rspk = 8Ÿ  
Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Rspk = 8Ÿ  
0.1  
0.01  
0.001  
0.01  
0.001  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
Frequency (Hz)  
Power (W)  
C003  
C035  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
PO = 1W  
VPVDD = 24V  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
Input Signal =  
1kHz Sine  
VPVDD = 12V  
Figure 29. THD+N vs Frequency – BTL  
Figure 30. THD + N vs Power – BTL  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
27  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
10  
1
10  
1
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Rspk = 8Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Rspk = 8Ÿ  
0.1  
0.01  
0.1  
0.01  
0.001  
0.001  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
Power (W)  
Power (W)  
C004  
C038  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
Input Signal =  
1kHz Sine  
VPVDD = 15V  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
Input Signal =  
1kHz Sine  
VPVDD = 18V  
Figure 31. THD + N vs Power – BTL  
Figure 32. THD + N vs Power – BTL  
10  
1
150  
125  
100  
75  
Gain = 20dBV, fspk_amp = 384kHz  
Gain = 26dBV, fspk_amp = 384kHz  
Gain = 20dBV, fspk_amp = 768kHz  
Gain = 26dBV, fspk_amp = 768kHz  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 6Ÿ  
Rspk = 8Ÿ  
0.1  
50  
0.01  
0.001  
25  
0
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
Power (W)  
PO = 1W  
PVDD (V)  
C005  
C006  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
fSPK_AMP  
384kHz  
=
RSPK = 8Ω  
Figure 34. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD – BTL  
Figure 33. THD + N vs Power – BTL  
100  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
Filterless  
PVDD = 12V  
PVDD = 15V  
PVDD = 18V  
PVDD = 24V  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
Total Output Power (W)  
PVDD (V)  
C007  
C013  
RSPK = 8 Ω  
fSPK_AMP = 768kHz  
RSPK = 8Ω  
Figure 35. Efficiency vs Output Power – BTL  
Figure 36. Idle Current Draw (Filterless) vs VPVDD– BTL  
28  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
90  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
0
±10  
Ch. B vs Ch. A  
Ch. A vs Ch. B  
Traditional LC  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
±100  
±110  
±120  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
PVDD (V)  
Frequency (Hz)  
C015  
C008  
fSPK_AMP = 768kHz  
RSPK = 8Ω  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
Sine Input  
VPVDD = 24V  
Figure 37. Idle Current Draw (Traditional LC Filter) vs  
PVDD – BTL  
Figure 38. Crosstalk vs Frequency – BTL  
0
0
±10  
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
Ch. B kSVR  
Ch. A kSVR  
Ch. B vs Ch. A  
±10  
Ch. A vs Ch. B  
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
Frequency (Hz)  
Frequency (Hz)  
C009  
Supply Noise =  
250mV  
C010  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
Sine Input  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
RSPK = 8Ω  
Supply Noise =  
250mV  
Figure 39. PVDD PSRR vs Frequency – BTL  
Figure 40. DVDD PSRR vs Frequency – BTL  
0
±10  
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
0
±10  
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
Ch. B kSVR  
Ch. A kSVR  
Left kSVR  
Right kSVR  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
Frequency (Hz)  
Frequency (Hz)  
C011  
Supply Noise =  
250mV  
C012  
Supply Noise =  
250mV  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
RSPK = 8Ω  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
Sine Input  
Figure 41. AVDD PSRR vs Frequency – BTL  
Figure 42. CPVDD PSRR vs Frequency – BTL  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
29  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Shutdown  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
PVDD (V)  
C014  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
fSPK_AMP  
786kHz  
=
Figure 43. Powerdown Current Draw vs PVDD – BTL  
30  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
7.13.2 Parallel Bridge Tied Load (PBTL) Configuration  
Return to Quick Reference Table.  
120  
1
0.1  
Inst Power, Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Ins Power, Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Inst Power, Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Cont Power, Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
100  
80  
60  
40  
20  
0
0.01  
0.001  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
PVDD (V)  
C017  
Frequency (Hz)  
C039  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
Measured on  
TAS5754/6  
EVM  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
PO = 1W  
VPVDD = 12V  
Figure 45. THD+N vs Frequency – PBTL  
Figure 44. Output Power vs PVDD – PBTL  
1
0.1  
1
0.1  
Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
0.01  
0.001  
0.01  
0.001  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
C018  
C019  
Frequency (Hz)  
Frequency (Hz)  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
PO = 1W  
VPVDD = 15V  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
PO = 1W  
VPVDD = 18V  
Figure 46. THD+N vs Frequency – PBTL  
Figure 47. THD+N vs Frequency – PBTL  
10  
1
1
0.1  
Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
0.1  
0.01  
0.001  
0.01  
0.001  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
Power (W)  
PO = 1W  
C020  
Frequency (Hz)  
C021  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
PO = 1W  
VPVDD = 24V  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
VPVDD = 12V  
Figure 48. THD+N vs Frequency – PBTL  
Figure 49. THD+N vs Power – PBTL  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
31  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
10  
1
10  
1
Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
0.1  
0.01  
0.1  
0.01  
0.001  
0.001  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
100  
Power (W)  
PO = 1W  
Power (W)  
C022  
C023  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
VPVDD = 15V  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
VPVDD = 18V  
Input Signal =  
1kHz Sine  
PO = 1W  
Figure 50. THD+N vs Power – PBTL  
Figure 51. THD+N vs Power – PBTL  
10  
1
150  
125  
100  
75  
Gain = 20dBV, fS = 384kHz  
Gain = 26dBV, fS = 384kHz  
Gain = 20dBV, fS = 768kHz  
Gain = 26dBV, fS = 768kHz  
Rspk = 2Ÿ  
Rspk = 3Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
0.1  
50  
0.01  
0.001  
25  
0
0.01  
0.1  
1
10  
100  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
Power (W)  
PVDD (V)  
C024  
C025  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 20dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
Input Signal =  
1kHz Sine  
PO = 1W  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
ILOAD = xA  
VPVDD = 18V  
Figure 53. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD – PBTL  
Figure 52. THD+N vs Power – PBTL  
100  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
PVDD = 12V  
PVDD = 15V  
PVDD = 18V  
PVDD = 24V  
Filterless  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
Total Output Power (W)  
PVDD (V)  
C026  
C031  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
ILOAD = xA  
VPVDD = 24V  
Figure 54. Efficiency vs Output Power – PBTL  
Figure 55. Idle Current Draw (Filterless) vs PVDD – PBTL  
32  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
90  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
0
±10  
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
Traditional LC  
20 22  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
24  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
PVDD (V)  
Frequency (Hz)  
C033  
C027  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
Sine Input  
VPVDD = 24V  
Figure 56. Idle Current Draw (Traditional LC filter) vs  
PVDD – PBTL  
Figure 57. PVDD PSRR vs Frequency – PBTL  
0
0
±10  
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
±10  
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
Frequency (Hz)  
Frequency (Hz)  
C028  
Supply Noise =  
250mV  
C029  
Supply Noise =  
250mV  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
RSPK = 8Ω  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
RSPK = 8Ω  
Figure 58. DVDD PSRR vs Frequency – PBTL  
Figure 59. AVDD PSRR vs Frequency – PBTL  
0
±10  
±20  
±30  
±40  
±50  
±60  
±70  
±80  
±90  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Rspk = 4Ÿ  
Shutdown  
20  
200  
2k  
20k  
4
6
8
10  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
Frequency (Hz)  
PVDD (V)  
C030  
Supply Noise =  
250mV  
C032  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
VPVDD = 24V  
Sine Input  
AV(SPK_AMP) = 26dBV  
fSPK_AMP  
786kHz  
=
Figure 61. Powerdown Current Draw vs PVDD – PBTL  
Figure 60. CPVDD PSRR vs Frequency – PBTL  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
33  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
8 Detailed Description  
8.1 Overview  
The TAS5754M device integrates 4 main building blocks together into a single cohesive device that maximizes  
sound quality, flexibility, and ease of use. These are shown in the list below:  
1. A stereo Audio DAC, boasting a strong Burr-Brown heritage with a highly flexible serial audio port.  
2. A miniDSP audio processing core with HybridFlow architecture, which provides an increase in flexibility over  
a fixed-function ROM device with faster download time than a fully programmable device  
3. A flexible closed-loop amplifier capable of operating in stereo or mono, at several different switching  
frequencies, and with a variety of output voltages and loads.  
4. An I2C control port for communication with the device  
The device requires only two power supplies for proper operation. A DVDD supply is needed to power the low-  
voltage digital and analog circuitry. Another supply, called PVDD, is needed to provide power to the output stage  
of the audio amplifier. The operating range for these supplies is shown in the Recommended Operating  
Conditions table.  
Communication with the device is accomplished via the I2C control port. A speaker amplifier fault line is also  
provided to notify a system controller of the occurrence of an over-temperature, over-current, over-voltage,  
under-voltage, or DC error in the speaker amplifier. There are three digital GPIO pins that are available for use  
by the HybridFlows. One popular use of the GPIO lines is to provide a Serial Audio Output from the device  
(SDOUT). HybridFlows which provide an SDOUT customarily present that signal on GPIO2, although this  
configuration can be changed via the I2C control port. The register space in the control port spans several pages  
to accommodate some static controls which maintain their functionality across HybridFlows, as well as controls  
that are determined by the HybridFlow used.  
The MiniDSP audio processing core, featuring a HybridFlow architecture, allows the selection of a configurable  
DSP program called a HybridFlow from a list of available HybridFlows. A hybrid flow combines audio processing  
blocks, many of which that are built in the ROM portion of the device, together in a single payload. The PurePath  
Console GUI provides a means by which to select the HybridFlow and manipulate the controls associated with  
that HybridFlow.  
34  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.2 Functional Block Diagram  
Internal  
Voltage  
Supplies  
Charge  
Pump  
Internal Gate  
Drive Regulator  
1.8-V  
Internal Voltage  
Regulator  
Supplies  
Closed Loop Class D Amplifier  
Gate  
SPK_OUTA+  
SPK_OUTA-  
Full Bridge  
Power  
Stage A  
Mini-DSP  
Output  
Current  
Monitoring  
and  
Protection  
Analog  
to  
Drives  
Hybrid RAM/  
ROM  
Architecture  
with  
Several  
Selectable  
HybridFlows  
MCLK  
SCLK  
SPK_OUTB+  
SPK_OUTB-  
PWM  
Modulator  
Full Bridge  
Power  
Stage B  
Gate  
Drives  
DAC  
Serial  
Audio  
Port  
LRCK/FS  
SDIN  
Clock Monitoring  
and Error Protection  
Die Temperature  
Monitoring and Protection  
Error Reporting  
SDOUT  
Internal Control Registers and State Machines  
GPIO0  
GPIO1 GPIO2  
SPK_GAIN/FREQ  
SCL  
SDA  
ADR0  
ADR1  
SPK_MUTE  
SPK_SD SPK_FAULT  
8.3 Feature Description  
8.3.1 Power-on-Reset (POR) Function  
The TAS5754M device has a power-on reset function. This feature resets all of the registers to their default  
configuration as the device is powering up. When the low-voltage power supply used to power DVDD, AVDD,  
and CPVDD exceeds the POR threshold, the device holds sets all of the internal registers to their default values  
and holds them there until it receives valid MCLK, SCLK, and LRCK/FS toggling for a period of approximately 4  
ms. After the toggling period has passed, the internal reset of the registers is removed and the registers can be  
programmed via the I2C Control Port.  
8.3.2 Device Clocking  
The TAS5754M devices have flexible systems for clocking. Internally, the device requires a number of clocks,  
mostly at related clock rates to function correctly. All of these clocks can be derived from the Serial Audio  
Interface in one form or another.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
35  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Feature Description (continued)  
fS  
(24-bit)  
16 fS  
(24-bit)  
128 fS  
(~8-bit)  
Serial Audio  
Interface  
(Input)  
miniDSP  
(including  
interpolator)  
Delta  
Sigma  
Modulator  
I to V  
Line  
Driver  
Current  
Segments  
+
Audio  
In  
Audio  
Out  
Charge Pump  
CPCK  
DSPCK  
OSRCK  
DACCK  
LRCK/FS  
Figure 62. Audio Flow with Respective Clocks  
As shown in Figure 62 the basic data flow at basic sample rate (fS). Once the data is brought into the serial audio  
interface, it is processed, interpolated and modulated to 128 × fS before arriving at the current segments for the  
final digital to analog conversion.  
The clock tree is shown in Figure 63.  
PLLEN  
(P0-R4)  
MCLK  
SREF  
(P0-R13)  
Divider  
DDSP (P0-R27)  
SCLK  
GPIO  
MCLK  
SDAC  
(P0-R14)  
PLL  
K × R/P  
PLLCKIN  
PLLCK  
K = J.D  
J = 1,2,3,«..,62,63  
D= 0000,0001,«.,9998,9999  
R= 1,2,3,4,«.,15,16  
DACCK (DAC Clock )  
MCLK  
GPIO  
Divider  
CPCK (Charge Pump Clock )  
P= 1,2,«.,127,128  
DDAC  
(P0-R28)  
Divider  
DNCP (P0-R29)  
OSRCK  
(Oversampling  
Ratio Clock )  
Divider  
MUX  
DOSR  
(P0-R30)  
Divide  
by 2  
I16E (P0-R34)  
Figure 63. TAS5754M Clock Distribution Tree  
The Serial Audio Interface typically has 4 connection pins  
1. MLCK (System Master Clock),  
2. SLCK (Bit Clock)  
3. LRCK/FS (Left Right Word Clock and Frame Sync)  
36  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Feature Description (continued)  
4. SDIN (note that this is the input data. The output date, SDOUT, is presented on one of the GPIO pins. See  
Serial Data Output)  
The device has an internal PLL that is used to take either MLCK or SLCK and create the higher rate clocks  
required by the and the DAC clock.  
In situations where the highest audio performance is required, it’s suggested that the MLCK is brought to the  
device, along with SLCK and LRCK/FS. The device should be configured so that the PLL is only providing a  
clock source to the DSP. All other clocks are then be a division of the incoming MLCK. This is done by setting  
DAC CLK Source Mux (SDAC in the diagram above) to use MLCK as a source, rather than the output of the  
MLCK/PLL Mux.  
8.3.3 Serial Audio Port  
8.3.3.1 Clock Master Mode from Audio Rate Master Clock  
In Master Mode, the device generates bit clock and left-right and frame sync clock and outputs them on the  
appropriate pins. To configure the device in this mode, first put the device into reset, then use registers SLCKO  
and LRKO (P0-R9). Then reset the LRCK/FS and SCLK divider counters using bits RSLCK and RLRK (P0-R12).  
Finally, exit reset.  
Figure 64 shows a simplified serial port clock tree for the device in master mode.  
Audio Related System Clock (MCLK)  
MCLK  
SCLKO (Bit Clock Output In Master Mode)  
Divider  
Q1 = 1...128  
SCLK  
LRCK/FS (LR Clock or Frame Sync Output In  
Master Mode  
Divider  
LRCK/FS  
Q1 = 1...128  
Figure 64. Simplified Clock Tree for MLCK Sourced Master Mode  
In master mode, MLCK is an input and SCLK and LRCK/FS are outputs. SCLK and LRCK/FS are integer  
divisions of MLCK. Master mode with a non-audio rate master clock source will require external GPIO’s to use  
the PLL in standalone mode. The PLL needs to be configured to ensure that the on-chip processor can be driven  
at its maximum clock rate. This mode of operation is described in the Clock Master from a Non-Audio Rate  
Master Clock section.  
When used with Audio Rate Master Clocks, the register changes that need to be done include switching the  
device into master mode, and setting the divider ratio. An example of this mode of operations is using 24.576  
MCLK as a master clock source and driving the SCLK and LRCK/FS with integer dividers to create 48 kHz. In  
this mode, the DAC section of the device is also running from the PLL output. The TAS5754M device is able to  
meet the specified audio performance while using the internal PLL. However, using the MCLK CMOS oscillator  
source will have less jitter than the PLL.  
To switch the DAC clocks (SDAC in the Figure 63) the following registers should be modified  
Clock Tree Flex Mode (P253-R63 and P253-R64)  
DAC and OSR Source Clock Register (P0-R14). Set to 0x30 (MLCK input, and OSR is set to whatever the  
DAC source is)  
The DAC clock divider should be 16fS.  
16 × 48 kHz = 768 kHz  
24.576 MHz (MLCK in) / 768 kHz = 32  
Therefore, the divide ratio for register DDAC (P0-R28) should be set to 32. The register mapping gives  
0x00 = 1, so 32 must be converter to 0x1F (31dec).  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
37  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Feature Description (continued)  
8.3.3.2 Clock Master from a Non-Audio Rate Master Clock  
The classic example here is running 12-MHz Master clock for a 48-kHz sampling system. Given the clock tree for  
the device (shown in Figure 63), a non-audio clock rate cannot be brought into the MLCK to the PLL in master  
mode. Therefore, the PLL source must be configured to be a GPIO pin, and the output brought back into another  
GPIO pin.  
Non-Audio MCLK  
GPOIx  
PLL  
GPOIy  
New  
Audio  
MCLK  
MCLK  
Master Mode  
SLCK Integer  
Divider  
SCLK  
Out  
SCLK  
Master Mode  
LRCK/FS  
Integer Divider  
LRCK/FS  
Out  
LRCK/FS  
Figure 65. Generating Audio Clocks Using Non-Audio Clock Sources  
The clock flow through the system is shown above. The newly generated MLCK must be brought out of the  
device on a GPIO pin, then brought into the MLCK pin for integer division to create SCLK and LRCK/FS outputs.  
NOTE  
Pull-up resistors should be used on SCLK and LRCK/FS in this mode to ensure the device  
remains out of sleep mode.  
8.3.3.3 Clock Slave Mode with 4-Wire Operation (SCLK, MCLK, LRCK/FS, SDIN)  
The TAS5754M device requires a system clock to operate the digital interpolation filters and advanced segment  
DAC modulators. The system clock is applied at the MLCK input and supports up to 50 MHz. The TAS5754M  
device system-clock detection circuit automatically senses the system-clock frequency. Common audio sampling  
frequencies in the bands of 8 kHz, 16 kHz, (32 kHz - 44.1 kHz - 48kHz), (88.2 kHz - 96 kHz), and (176.4 kHz -  
192 kHz) are supported.  
NOTE  
Values in the parentheses are grouped when detected, e.g. 88.2 kHz and 96 kHz are  
detected as double rate, 32 kHz, 44.1 kHz and 48 kHz are detected as single rate, etc.  
In the presence of a valid bit MCLK, SCLK and LRCK/FS, the device automatically configures the clock tree and  
PLL to drive the miniDSP as required.  
The sampling frequency detector sets the clock for the digital filter, Delta Sigma Modulator (DSM) and the  
Negative Charge Pump (NCP) automatically. Table 2 shows examples of system clock frequencies for common  
audio sampling rates.  
38  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Feature Description (continued)  
MLCK rates that are not common to standard audio clocks, between 1 MHz and 50 MHz, are supported by  
configuring various PLL and clock-divider registers. This programmability allows the device to become a clock  
master and drive the host serial port with LRCK/FS and SLCK, from a non-audio related clock (for example,  
using a setting of 12 MHz to generate 44.1 kHz (LRCK/FS) and 2.8224 MHz (SLCK) ).  
shows the timing requirements for the system clock input. For optimal performance, use a clock source with low  
phase jitter and noise. For MCLK timing requirements, refer to the Serial Audio Port Timing – Master Mode  
section.  
Table 2. System Master Clock Inputs for Audio Related Clocks  
SYSTEM CLOCK FREQUENCY (fMLCK) (MHz)  
SAMPLING  
FREQUENCY  
64 fS  
128 fS  
1.0240(2)  
2.0480(2)  
4.0960(2)  
5.6488(2)  
6.1440(2)  
11.2896(2)  
12.2880(2)  
22.5792  
192 fS  
256 fS  
2.0480  
384 fS  
3.0720  
512 fS  
4.0960  
8 kHz  
16 kHz  
1.5360(2)  
3.0720(2)  
6.1440(2)  
8.4672(2)  
9.2160(2)  
16.9344  
18.4320  
33.8688  
36.8640  
4.0960  
6.1440  
8.1920  
32 kHz  
8.1920  
12.2880  
16.9344  
18.4320  
33.8688  
36.8640  
16.3840  
22.5792  
24.5760  
45.1584  
49.1520  
44.1 kHz  
48 kHz  
11.2896  
12.2880  
22.5792  
24.5760  
45.1584  
49.1520  
See note(1)  
88.2 kHz  
96 kHz  
176.4 kHz  
192 kHz  
See note(1)  
See note(1)  
24.5760  
(1) This system clock rate is not supported for the given sampling frequency.  
(2) This system clock rate is supported by PLL mode.  
8.3.3.4 Clock Slave Mode with SLCK PLL to Generate Internal Clocks (3-Wire PCM)  
8.3.3.4.1 Clock Generation using the PLL  
The TAS5754M device supports a wide range of options to generate the required clocks as shown in Figure 63.  
The clocks for the PLL require a source reference clock. This clock is sourced as the incoming SLCK or MLCK, a  
GPIO can also be used.  
The source reference clock for the PLL reference clock is selected by programming the SRCREF value on P0-  
R13, B[6:4]. The TAS5754M device provides several programmable clock dividers to achieve a variety of  
sampling rates. See Figure 63.  
If PLL functionality is not required, set the PLLEN value on P0-R4, B[0] to 0. In this situation, an external master  
clock is required.  
Table 3. PLL Configuration Registers  
CLOCK MULTIPLEXER  
FUNCTION  
PLL Reference  
FUNCTION  
clock divider  
BITS  
BITS  
SREF  
DIVIDER  
DDSP  
P0-R13, B[6:4]  
P0-R27, B[6:0]  
P0-R32, B[6:0]  
P0-R33, B[7:0]  
DSLCK  
DLRK  
External SLCK Div  
External LRCK/FS Div  
8.3.3.4.2 PLL Calculation  
The TAS5754M device has an on-chip PLL with fractional multiplication to generate the clock frequency needed  
by the Digital Signal Processing blocks. The programmability of the PLL allows operation from a wide variety of  
clocks that may be available in the system. The PLL input (PLLCKIN) supports clock frequencies from 1 MHz to  
50 MHz and is register programmable to enable generation of required sampling rates with fine precision.  
The PLL is enabled by default. The PLL can be enabled by writing to P0-R4, B[0]. When the PLL is enabled, the  
PLL output clock PLLCK is given by Equation 1:  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
39  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
PLLCKIN x R x J.D  
P
PLLCKIN x R x K  
P
PLLCK =  
or PLLCK =  
where  
R = 1, 2, 3,4, ... , 15, 16  
J = 4,5,6, . . . 63, and D = 0000, 0001, 0002, . . . 9999  
K = [J value].[D value]  
P = 1, 2, 3, ... 15  
(1)  
R, J, D, and P are programmable. J is the integer portion of K (the numbers to the left of the decimal point), while  
D is the fractional portion of K (the numbers to the right of the decimal point, assuming four digits of precision).  
8.3.3.4.2.1 Examples:  
If K = 8.5, then J = 8, D = 5000  
If K = 7.12, then J = 7, D = 1200  
If K = 14.03, then J = 14, D = 0300  
If K = 6.0004, then J = 6, D = 0004  
When the PLL is enabled and D = 0000, the following conditions must be satisfied:  
1 MHz ( PLLCKIN / P ) 20 MHz  
64 MHz (PLLCKIN x K x R / P ) 100 MHz  
1 J 63  
When the PLL is enabled and D 0000, the following conditions must be satisfied:  
6.667 MHz PLLCLKIN / P 20 MHz  
64 MHz (PLLCKIN x K x R / P ) 100 MHz  
4 J 11  
R = 1  
When the PLL is enabled,  
fS = (PLLCLKIN × K × R) / (2048 × P)  
The value of N is selected so that fS × N = PLLCLKIN x K x R / P is in the allowable range.  
Example: MCLK = 12 MHz and fS = 44.1 kHz, (N=2048)  
Select P = 1, R = 1, K = 7.5264, which results in J = 7, D = 5264  
Example: MCLK = 12 MHz and fS = 48.0 kHz, (N=2048)  
Select P = 1, R = 1, K = 8.192, which results in J = 8, D = 1920  
Values are written to the registers in Table 4.  
40  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Table 4. PLL Registers  
DIVIDER  
PLLE  
FUNCTION  
BITS  
PLL enable  
PLL P  
P0-R4, B[0]  
PPDV  
PJDV  
P0-R20, B[3:0]  
P0-R21, B[5:0]  
P0-R22, B[5:0]  
P0-R23, B[7:0]  
P0-R24, B[3:0]  
PLL J  
PDDV  
PRDV  
PLL D  
PLL R  
Table 5. PLL Configuration Recommendations  
COLUMN  
fS (kHz)  
DESCRIPTION  
Sampling frequency  
RMLCK  
Ratio between sampling frequency and MLCK frequency (MLCK frequency = RMLCK x sampling frequency)  
System master clock frequency at MLCK input (pin 20)  
MLCK (MHz)  
PLL VCO (MHz) PLL VCO frequency as PLLCK in Figure 63  
One of the PLL coefficients in Equation 1  
PLL REF (MHz) Internal reference clock frequency which is produced by MLCK / P  
P
M = K × R  
K = J.D  
R
The final PLL multiplication factor computed from K and R as described in Equation 1  
One of the PLL coefficients in Equation 1  
One of the PLL coefficients in Equation 1  
PLL fS  
DSP fS  
NMAC  
Ratio between fS and PLL VCO frequency (PLL VCO / fS)  
Ratio between operating clock rate and fS (PLL fS / NMAC)  
The clock divider value in Table 3  
DSP CLK (MHz) The operating frequency as DSPCK in Figure 63  
MOD fS  
Ratio between DAC operating clock frequency and fS (PLL fS / NDAC)  
MOD f (kHz)  
NDAC  
DAC operating frequency as DACCK in  
DAC clock divider value in Table 3  
OSR clock divider value in Table 3 for generating OSRCK in Figure 63. DOSR must be chosen so that MOD fS / DOSR =  
16 for correct operation.  
DOSR  
NCP  
CP f  
NCP (negative charge pump) clock divider value in Table 3  
Negative charge pump clock frequency (fS * MOD fS / NCP)  
Percentage of error between PLL VCO / PLL fS and fS (mismatch error).  
% Error  
This value is typically zero but can be non-zero especially when K is not an integer (D is not zero).  
This value may be non-zero only when the TAS5754M device acts as a master.  
The equations above explain how to calculate all necessary coefficients and controls to configure the PLL.  
Table 6 provides for easy reference to the recommended clock divider settings for the PLL as a Master Clock.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
41  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 6. Recommended Clock Divider Settings for PLL as Master Clock  
fS  
MCLK  
(MHz)  
PLL VCO  
(MHz)  
PLL REF  
(MHz)  
DSP CLK  
(MHz)  
MOD f  
(kHz)  
CP f  
(kHz)  
RMLCK  
(kHz)  
P
M = K×R  
K = J×D  
R
PLL fS  
DSP fS  
NMAC  
MOD fS  
NDAC  
DOSR  
% ERROR  
NCP  
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
128  
192  
1.024  
1.536  
2.048  
3.072  
4.096  
6.144  
8.192  
9.216  
12.288  
16.384  
24.576  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
9
9
9
9
1.024  
1.536  
2.048  
1.024  
1.365  
2.048  
2.731  
1.024  
1.365  
1.82  
96  
64  
48  
96  
72  
48  
36  
96  
72  
54  
36  
48  
32  
48  
48  
36  
48  
36  
48  
36  
54  
36  
2
2
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
12288  
12288  
12288  
12288  
12288  
12288  
12288  
12288  
12288  
12288  
12288  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
8.192  
768  
768  
768  
768  
768  
768  
768  
768  
768  
768  
768  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
256  
384  
512  
768  
1024  
1152  
1536  
2048  
3072  
2.731  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
11.025  
128  
192  
1.4112  
2.1168  
2.8224  
4.2336  
5.6448  
8.4672  
11.2896  
12.7008  
16.9344  
22.5792  
33.8688  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
1
3
1
3
3
3
3
9
9
9
9
1.411  
0.706  
2.822  
1.411  
1.882  
2.822  
3.763  
1.411  
1.882  
2.509  
3.763  
64  
128  
32  
64  
48  
32  
24  
64  
48  
36  
24  
32  
32  
32  
32  
48  
32  
24  
32  
48  
36  
24  
2
4
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
8192  
8192  
8192  
8192  
8192  
8192  
8192  
8192  
8192  
8192  
8192  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
11.2896  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
256  
384  
512  
768  
1024  
1152  
1536  
2048  
3072  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
64  
1.024  
2.048  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
9
9
9
1.024  
2.048  
3.072  
4.096  
2.048  
2.731  
4.096  
5.461  
6.144  
2.731  
3.641  
5.461  
96  
48  
32  
24  
48  
36  
24  
18  
16  
36  
27  
18  
48  
48  
32  
24  
48  
36  
24  
18  
16  
36  
27  
18  
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
16.384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
384  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
128  
192  
3.072  
256  
4.096  
384  
6.144  
512  
8.192  
768  
12.288  
16.384  
18.432  
24.576  
32.768  
49.152  
1024  
1152  
1536  
2048  
3072  
42  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Table 6. Recommended Clock Divider Settings for PLL as Master Clock (continued)  
fS  
MCLK  
(MHz)  
PLL VCO  
(MHz)  
PLL REF  
(MHz)  
DSP CLK  
(MHz)  
MOD f  
(kHz)  
CP f  
RMLCK  
P
M = K×R  
K = J×D  
R
PLL fS  
DSP fS  
NMAC  
MOD fS  
NDAC  
DOSR  
% ERROR  
NCP  
(kHz)  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
22.05  
(kHz)  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
64  
1.4112  
2.8224  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
1
1
3
1
3
3
3
3
9
9
9
1.411  
2.822  
1.411  
5.645  
2.822  
3.763  
5.645  
7.526  
2.822  
3.763  
5.018  
64  
32  
64  
16  
32  
24  
16  
12  
32  
24  
18  
32  
32  
32  
16  
32  
24  
16  
12  
32  
24  
18  
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4096  
4096  
4096  
4096  
4096  
4096  
4096  
4096  
4096  
4096  
4096  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
22.5792  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
128  
192  
4.2336  
256  
5.6448  
384  
8.4672  
512  
11.2896  
16.9344  
22.5792  
25.4016  
33.8688  
45.1584  
768  
1024  
1152  
1536  
2048  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
48  
1.024  
1.536  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
1
1
1
1
3
2
3
3
3
3
9
6
1.024  
1.536  
2.048  
4.096  
2.048  
4.096  
4.096  
5.461  
8.192  
10.923  
4.096  
8.192  
96  
64  
48  
24  
48  
24  
24  
18  
12  
9
48  
16  
24  
24  
48  
24  
24  
18  
12  
9
2
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
3072  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
32.768  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
12  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
64  
2.048  
128  
192  
256  
384  
512  
768  
1024  
1152  
1536  
4.096  
6.144  
8.192  
12.288  
16.384  
24.576  
32.768  
36.864  
49.152  
24  
12  
24  
12  
44.1  
44.1  
44.1  
44.1  
44.1  
44.1  
44.1  
44.1  
44.1  
32  
64  
1.4112  
2.8224  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
90.3168  
1
1
1
3
2
3
3
3
3
1.411  
2.822  
5.645  
2.822  
5.645  
5.645  
7.526  
11.29  
15.053  
64  
32  
16  
32  
16  
16  
12  
8
32  
16  
16  
32  
16  
16  
12  
8
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
45.1584  
45.1584  
45.1584  
45.1584  
45.1584  
45.1584  
45.1584  
45.1584  
45.1584  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
5644.8  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
1411.2  
128  
192  
256  
384  
512  
768  
1024  
5.6448  
8.4672  
11.2896  
16.9344  
22.5792  
33.8688  
45.1584  
6
6
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
43  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 6. Recommended Clock Divider Settings for PLL as Master Clock (continued)  
fS  
MCLK  
(MHz)  
PLL VCO  
(MHz)  
PLL REF  
(MHz)  
DSP CLK  
(MHz)  
MOD f  
(kHz)  
CP f  
(kHz)  
RMLCK  
(kHz)  
P
M = K×R  
K = J×D  
R
PLL fS  
DSP fS  
NMAC  
MOD fS  
NDAC  
DOSR  
% ERROR  
NCP  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
48  
32  
64  
1.536  
3.072  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
1
1
1
3
2
3
3
3
3
1.536  
3.072  
6.144  
3.072  
6.144  
6.144  
8.192  
12.288  
16.384  
64  
32  
16  
32  
16  
16  
12  
8
32  
16  
16  
32  
16  
16  
12  
8
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
2048  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
128  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
128  
192  
256  
384  
512  
768  
1024  
6.144  
9.216  
12.288  
18.432  
24.576  
36.864  
49.152  
6
6
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
96  
32  
48  
3.072  
4.608  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
1
3
1
2
3
4
6
8
3.072  
1.536  
6.144  
6.144  
6.144  
6.144  
6.144  
6.144  
32  
64  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
32  
8
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
1024  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
64  
64  
64  
64  
64  
64  
64  
64  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
64  
6.144  
128  
192  
256  
384  
512  
12.288  
18.432  
24.576  
36.864  
49.152  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
192  
32  
48  
6.144  
9.216  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
98.304  
1
3
1
2
3
4
6.144  
3.072  
16  
32  
8
8
16  
4
2
2
2
1
1
1
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
512  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
2
2
2
2
2
2
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
49.152  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
32  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
6144  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
16  
2
2
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
1536  
64  
12.288  
24.576  
36.864  
49.152  
12.288  
12.288  
12.288  
12.288  
128  
192  
256  
8
8
8
8
8
8
44  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.3.3.5 Serial Audio Port – Data Formats and Bit Depths  
The serial audio interface port is a 3-wire serial port with the signals LRCK/FS (pin 25), SCLK (pin 23), and SDIN  
(pin 24). SCLK is the serial audio bit clock, used to clock the serial data present on SDIN into the serial shift  
register of the audio interface. Serial data is clocked into the TAS5754M device on the rising edge of SCLK.The  
LRCK/FS pin is the serial audio left/right word clock or frame sync when the device is operated in TDM Mode.  
Table 7. TAS5754M device Audio Data Formats, Bit Depths and Clock Rates  
MAXIMUM LRCK/FS  
FREQUENCY (kHz)  
FORMAT  
DATA BITS  
MCLK RATE (fS)  
SCLK RATE (fS)  
I2S/LJ/RJ  
32, 24, 20, 16  
Up to 192  
Up to 48  
96  
128 to 3072 (50 MHz)  
128 to 3072  
64, 48, 32  
125, 256  
125, 256  
128  
TDM/DSP  
32, 24, 20, 16  
128 to 512  
192  
128, 192, 256  
The TAS5754M device requires the synchronization of LRCK/FS and system clock, but does not need a specific  
phase relation between LRCK/FS and system clock.  
If the relationship between LRCK/FS and system clock changes more than ±5 MCLK, internal operation is  
initialized within one sample period and analog outputs are forced to the bipolar zero level until re-  
synchronization between LRCK/FS and system clock is completed.  
If the relationship between LRCK/FS and SCLK are invalid more than 4 LRCK/FS periods, internal operation is  
initialized within one sample period and analog outputs are forced to the bipolar zero level until re-  
synchronization between LRCK/FS and SCLK is completed.  
8.3.3.5.1 Data Formats and Master/Slave Modes of Operation  
The TAS5754M device supports industry-standard audio data formats, including standard I2S and left-justified.  
Data formats are selected via Register (P0-R40). All formats require binary two's complement, MSB-first audio  
data; up to 32-bit audio data is accepted. The data formats are detailed in Figure 66 through Figure 71.  
The TAS5754M device also supports right-justified and TDM/DSP data. I2S, LJ, RJ, and TDM/DSP are selected  
using Register (P0-R40). All formats require binary 2s complement, MSB-first audio data. Up to 32 bits are  
accepted. Default setting is I2S and 24 bit word length. The I2S slave timing is shown in .  
shows a detailed timing diagram for the serial audio interface.  
In addition to acting as a I2S slave, the TAS5754M device can act as an I2S master, by generating SCLK and  
LRCK/FS as outputs from the MCLK input. Table 8 lists the registers used to place the device into Master or  
Slave mode. Please refer to the Serial Audio Port Timing – Master Mode section for serial audio Interface timing  
requirements in Master Mode. For Slave Mode timing, please refer to to the Serial Audio Port Timing – Slave  
Mode section.  
Table 8. I2S Master Mode Registers  
REGISTER  
FUNCTION  
P0-R9-B0, B4, and B5  
P0-R32-B[6:0]  
I2S Master mode select  
SCLK divider and LRCK/FS divider  
P0-R33-B[7:0]  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
45  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
1 tS .  
Right-channel  
Left-channel  
LRCK/FS  
SLCK  
«
«
«
«
«
«
«
Audio data word = 16-bit, SLCK = 32, 48, 64fS  
«
1
2
15 16  
1
1
2
15 16  
DATA  
LSB  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 24-bit, SLCK = 48, 64fS  
«
«
2
1
2
24  
2
23 24  
DATA  
LSB  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 32-bit, SLCK = 64fS  
«
«
1
2
31 32  
1
2
31 32  
DATA  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
Figure 66. Left Justified Audio Data Format  
1 tS .  
LRCK/FS  
SLCK  
Left-channel  
Right-channel  
«
«
«
«
«
«
Audio data word = 16-bit, SLCK = 32, 48, 64fS  
«
«
1
2
15 16  
1
1
2
15 16  
DATA  
LSB  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 24-bit, SLCK = 48, 64fS  
«
«
2
2
23 24  
1
23 24  
DATA  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 32-bit, SLCK = 64fS  
«
«
1
2
31 32  
1
2
31 32  
DATA  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
I2S Data Format; L-channel = LOW, R-channel = HIGH  
Figure 67. I2S Audio Data Format  
46  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
1 /fS .  
Right-channel  
Left-channel  
LRCK/FS  
«
«
«
«
«
«
SLCK  
Audio data word = 16-bit, SLCK = 32, 48, 64fS  
DATA  
«
«
1
2
15 16  
1
2
15 16  
LSB  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 24-bit, SLCK = 48, 64fS  
«
«
2
1
2
24  
1
2
23 24  
DATA  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
Audio data word = 32-bit, SLCK = 64fS  
«
«
1
2
31 32  
1
2
31 32  
DATA  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
Right Justified Data Format; L-channel = HIGH, R-channel = LOW  
Figure 68. Right Justified Audio Data Format  
1 /fS .  
LRCK/FS  
SLCK  
«
«
«
«
«
«
Audio data word = 16-bit, Offset = 0  
«
1
2
15 16  
1
2
15 16  
1
1
1
DATA  
Data Slot 1  
Data Slot 2  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 24-bit, Offset = 0  
-
,
«
«
1
2
23 24  
1
2
23 24  
LSB  
DATA  
Data Slot 1  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 32-bit, Offset = 0  
«
«
1
2
31 32  
LSB  
1
2
31 32  
LSB  
DATA  
MSB  
TDM/DSP Data Format with OFFSET = 0  
Figure 69. TDM/DSP 1 Audio Data Format  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
47  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
NOTE  
In TDM Modes, Duty Cycle of LRCK/FS should be 1x SCLK at minimum. Rising edge is  
considered frame start.  
1 /fS .  
OFFSET = 1  
LRCK/FS  
SLCK  
«
«
«
«
«
Audio data word = 16-bit, Offset = 1  
«
«
1
2
15 16  
1
2
15 16  
1
1
1
DATA  
Data Slot 1  
LSB  
Data Slot 2  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 24-bit, Offset = 1  
«
«
1
2
23 24  
1
2
23 24  
LSB  
DATA  
Data Slot 1  
Data Slot 2  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 32-bit, Offset = 1  
«
«
1
2
31 32  
LSB  
1
2
31 32  
DATA  
Data Slot 1  
Data Slot 2  
LSB  
MSB  
TDM/DSP Data Format with OFFSET = 1  
Figure 70. TDM/DSP 2 Audio Data Format  
48  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
1 /fS .  
OFFSET = n  
LRCK/FS  
SLCK  
«
«
«
«
«
Audio data word = 16-bit, Offset = n  
«
«
1
2
15 16  
1
2
15 16  
DATA  
Data Slot 1  
LSB  
Data Slot 2  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 24-bit, Offset = n  
«
«
1
2
23 24  
1
2
23 24  
LSB  
DATA  
Data Slot 1  
Data Slot 2  
LSB  
MSB  
MSB  
Audio data word = 32-bit, Offset = n  
«
«
1
2
31 32  
LSB  
1
2
31 32  
LSB  
DATA  
Data Slot 1  
Data Slot 2  
MSB  
TDM/DSP Data Format with OFFSET = N  
Figure 71. TDM/DSP 3 Audio Data Format  
8.3.3.6 Input Signal Sensing (Power-Save Mode)  
The TAS5754M device has a zero-detect function. This function can be applied to both channels of data as an  
AND function or an OR function, via controls provided in the control port in P0-R65-B[2:1].Continuous Zero data  
cycles are counted by LRCK/FS, and the threshold of decision for analog mute can be set by P0-R59, B[6:4] for  
the data which is clocked in on the left frame of an I2S signal or Slot 1 of a TDM signal and P0-R59, B[2:0] for  
the data which is clocked in on the right frame of an I2S signal or Slot 2 of a TDM signal as shown in Table 10.  
Default values are 0 for both channels.  
Table 9. Zero Detection Mode  
ATMUTECTL  
VALUE  
FUNCTION  
Zero data triggers for the two channels for zero detection are  
OR'ed together.  
0
Bit : 2  
Zero data triggers for the two channels for zero detection are  
AND'ed together.  
1 (Default)  
0
Zero detection and analog mute are disabled for the data  
clocked in on the right frame of an I2S signal or Slot 2 of a  
TDM signal.  
Bit : 1  
Bit : 0  
Zero detection analog mute are enabled for the data clocked in  
on the right frame of an I2S signal or Slot 2 of a TDM signal.  
1 (Default)  
0
Zero detection analog mute are disabled for the data clocked  
in on the left frame of an I2S signal or Slot 1 of a TDM signal.  
Zero detection analog mute are enabled for the data clocked in  
on the left frame of an I2S signal or Slot 1 of a TDM signal.  
1 (Default)  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
49  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 10. Zero Data Detection Time  
ATMUTETIML OR  
NUMBER OF  
LRCK/FS CYCLES  
TIME @ 48kHz  
ATMA  
0 0 0  
0 0 1  
0 1 0  
0 1 1  
1 0 0  
1 0 1  
1 1 0  
1 1 1  
1024  
5120  
21 ms  
106 ms  
10240  
25600  
51200  
102400  
256000  
512000  
213 ms  
533 ms  
1.066 sec  
2.133 sec  
5.333 sec  
10.66 sec  
8.3.3.7 Serial Data Output  
If it is supported by the HybridFlow in use, the TAS5754M device can present serial data on one of the three  
available hardware pins, GPIO0, GPIO1, or GPIO2. In a HybridFlow which supports serial data out, the serial  
data out origin can always be configured to come before the mini-DSP, by clearing the SDSL bit in P0-R7. This  
feature is used as a loop-back to check the integrity of the data transmission from the source to the TAS5754M  
device . In addition to the default loop-back mode, HybridFlows allows the SDOUT signal to originate from either  
a point after the processing or from some intermediary point within the HybridFlow. This option is accomplished  
by setting the SDSL bit in P0-R7. Figure 72 shows how to configure the origin of the serial data output signal.  
MiniDSP  
Audio  
Processing  
Serial Audio Input  
To Speaker Amplifier  
Mux  
To GPIO Configuration to  
be presented on GPIO pins  
Mux  
SDSL  
(P0-R7)  
This mux, if present, is  
unique to each HybridFlow  
and has unique controls  
Figure 72. Serial Data Output Signal  
Choosing the origin to be after all processing has been applied to the signal (i.e. before it is sent to the amplifier)  
is popular for sending a monitor signal back to a voice processing or echo-cancelling device elsewhere in the  
system. Other origins may configure the signal to originate after a subwoofer generation block, which sums in the  
inputs and applies a low-pass filter to create a mono, low-frequency signal. Please refer to the target  
HybridFlows for details regarding the options for the serial data output.  
8.3.4 miniDSP Audio Processing Engine  
The TAS5754M device integrates a highly efficient processing engine called a miniDSP. The miniDSP in the  
TAS5754M device uses a Hybrid architecture in which some processing blocks are built in ROM and other  
processing blocks are created in RAM via the PurePath™ Control Console GUI. This approach allows the  
flexibility of a fully-programmable device to be combined with the ease of use and rapid download time of a hard-  
coded ROM device.  
8.3.4.1 HybridFlow Architecture  
The Hybrid RAM and ROM Architecture allows the device to be highly flexible, but also easy to use. Unlike a  
device where all digital processing blocks are hard-coded in ROM, the hybrid RAM and ROM architecture allows  
a variety of processing blocks to be used in various combinations with various connectivity. These combinations  
of processing blocks are called HybridFlows.  
50  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
HybridFlows are generated by combining a collection of processing blocks together in a targeted manner so that  
the device is well suited for a particular application or use case. Some HybridFlows are targeted for stereo  
applications, while others are targeted for mono, 1.1 (Bi-Amped), or 2.1 configurations.  
It is important to note that the amount of processing which can be combined together into a given process flow is  
highly dependent on the sample rate of the audio signal which is being processed. For instance, an audio signal  
at 48 kHz can have much more processing applied than the same signal presented to the TAS5754M device at  
192 kHz sample rate. For this reason, a HybridFlow which supports only up to 48 kHz sample rate cannot be  
used with a 192 kHz input signal.  
8.3.4.2 Volume Control  
8.3.4.2.1 Digital Volume Control  
A basic digital volume control with range between 24 dB and 103 dB and mute is available on each channels by  
P0-R61-B[7:0] for SPK_OUTB± and P0-R62-B[7:0] for SPK_OUTA±. These volume controls all have 0.5 dB step  
programmability over most gain and attenuation ranges. Table 11 lists the detailed gain versus programmed  
setting for this basic volume control. Volume can be changed for both SPK_OUTB± and SPK_OUTA± at the  
same time or independently by P0-R61-B[1:0] . When B[1:0] set 00 (default), independent control is selected.  
When B[1:0] set 01, SPK_OUTA± accords with SPK_OUTB± volume. When B[1:0] set 10, SPK_OUTA± volume  
controls the volume for both channels. To set B[1:0] to 11 is prohibited.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
51  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 11. Digital Volume Control Settings  
GAIN  
SETTING  
GAIN  
(dB)  
BINARY DATA  
COMMENTS  
0
1
0000-0000  
0000-0001  
24.0  
23.5  
Positive maximum  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
0010-1110  
0010-1111  
0011-0000  
0011-0001  
0011-0010  
0011-0011  
1.0  
0.5  
0.0  
No attenuation (default)  
–0.5  
–1.0  
–1.5  
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
253  
254  
255  
1111-1101  
1111-1110  
1111-1111  
–102.5  
–103  
Negative maximum  
Negative infinite (Mute)  
’
Ramp-up frequency and ramp-down frequency can be controlled by P0-R63, B[7:6] and B[3:2] as shown in  
Table 12. Also ramp-up step and ramp-down step can be controlled by P0-R63, B[5:4] and B[1:0] as shown in  
Table 13.  
Table 12. Ramp Up or Down Frequency  
RAMP UP  
SPEED  
RAMP DOWN  
FREQUENCY  
EVERY N fS  
COMMENTS  
EVERY N fS  
COMMENTS  
00  
01  
10  
11  
1
Default  
00  
01  
10  
11  
1
Default  
2
2
4
4
Direct change  
Direct change  
Table 13. Ramp Up or Down Step  
RAMP UP  
STEP  
RAMP DOWN  
COMMENTS  
STEP dB  
STEP dB  
COMMENTS  
STEP  
00  
01  
10  
11  
4.0  
2.0  
1.0  
0.5  
00  
01  
–4.0  
–2.0  
–1.0  
–0.5  
Default  
10  
11  
Default  
8.3.4.2.1.1 Emergency Volume Ramp Down  
Emergency ramp down of the volume by is provided for situations such as I2S clock error and power supply  
failure. Ramp-down speed is controlled by P0-R64-B[7:6]. Ramp-down step can be controlled by P0-R64-B[5:4].  
Default is ramp-down by every fS cycle with –4dB step.  
8.3.5 Adjustable Amplifier Gain and Switching Frequency Selection  
The voltage divider between the GVDD_REG pin a the SPK_GAIN/FREQ pin is used to set the gain and  
switching frequency of the amplifier. The voltage presented on the SPK_GAIN/FREQ pin is digitized and then  
decoded into a 3 bit word which is interpreted inside the TAS5754M device to correspond to a given gain and  
switching frequency.  
52  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Because the amplifier adds gain to both the signal and the noise present in the audio signal, the lowest gain  
setting that can meet voltage-limited output power targets should be used. This ensures that the power target  
can be reached while minimizing the idle channel noise of the system. The switching frequency selection affects  
three important operating characteristics of the device. These are the power dissipation in the device, the power  
dissipation in the inductor, and the target output filter for the application.  
Higher switching frequencies typically result in slightly higher power dissipation in the TAS5754M device and  
lower dissipation in the inductor in the system, due to decreased ripple current through the inductor and  
increased charging and discharging current in device and parasitic capacitances. Switching at the higher of the  
two available switching frequencies will result in lower overall dissipation in the system and lower operating  
temperature of the inductors. However, the thermally limited power output of the device may be decreased in this  
situation, because some of the TAS5754M device thermal headroom will be absorbed by the higher switching  
frequency. Conversely inductor heating can be reduced by using the higher switching frequency in order to  
reduce the ripple current.  
Another advantage of increasing the switching frequency is that the higher frequency carrier signal can be filtered  
by an L-C filter with a higher corner frequency, leading to physically smaller components. Use the highest  
switching frequency that continues to meet the thermally limited power targets for the application. If thermal  
constraints require heat reduction in the TAS5754M device, use a lower switching rate.  
The switching frequency of the speaker amplifier is dependent on an internal synchronizing signal, (fSYNC), which  
is synchronous with the sample rate. The rate of the synchronizing signal is also dependent on the sample rate.  
Refer to Table 14 below for details regarding how the sample rates correlate to the synchronizing signal.  
Table 14. Sample Rates vs Synchronization Signal  
SAMPLE RATE  
[kHz]  
fSYNC  
[kHz]  
8
16  
32  
96  
48  
96  
192  
11.025  
22.05  
44.1  
88.2  
88.2  
Table 15 summarizes the de-code of the voltage presented to the SPK_GAIN/FREQ pin.  
Table 15. Amplifier Switching Mode vs.  
SPK_GAIN/FREQ Voltage  
VSPK_GAIN/FREQ (V)  
AMPLIFIER  
SWITCHING  
FREQUENCY MODE  
GAIN MODE  
MIN  
MAX  
6.61  
5.44  
4.67  
3.89  
3.11  
2.33  
1.56  
0.78  
0
7
Reserved  
Reserved  
8 × fSYNC  
6 × fSYNC  
4 × fSYNC  
2 × fSYNC  
8 × fSYNC  
6 × fSYNC  
4 × fSYNC  
2 × fSYNC  
6.6  
5.43  
4.66  
3.88  
3.1  
26dBV  
20dBV  
2.32  
1.55  
0.77  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
53  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
8.3.6 Error Handling and Protection Suite  
8.3.6.1 Device Over-Temperature Protection  
The TAS5754M device continuously monitors die temperature to ensure it does to exceed the OTETHRES level  
specified in the Recommended Operating Conditions table. If an OTE event occurs, the SPK_FAULT line is  
pulled low and out the SPK_OUTxx outputs transition to high impedance, signifying a fault. This latched error  
requires the SPK_MUTE line to toggle in order to reset the error. Alternatively, pulling the MCLK, SCLK, or  
LRCK/FS pin low causes a clock error, which also resets the device. Normal operation resumes by re-starting the  
stopped clock.  
8.3.6.2 SPK_OUTxx Over-Current Protection  
The TAS5754M device continuously monitors the output current of each amplifier output to ensure it does to  
exceed the OCETHRES level specified in the Recommended Operating Conditions table. If an OCE event occurs,  
the SPK_FAULT line is pulled low and the SPK_OUTxx outputs transition to high impedance, signifying a fault.  
This latched error requires the SPK_MUTE line to toggle in order to reset the error. Alternatively, pulling the  
MCLK, SCLK, or LRCK/FS pin low causes a clock error, which also resets the device. Normal operation resumes  
by re-starting the stopped clock.  
8.3.6.3 DC Offset Protection  
If the TAS5754M device measures a DC offset in the output voltage, the SPK_FAULT line is pulled low and the  
SPK_OUTxx outputs transition to high impedance, signifying a fault. This latched error require the SPK_MUTE  
line to toggle in order to reset the error. Alternatively, pulling the MCLK, SCLK, or LRCK low causes a clock  
error, which also resets the device. Normal operation resumes by re-starting the stopped clock.  
8.3.6.4 Internal VAVDD Undervoltage-Error Protection  
The TAS5754M device internally monitors the AVDD net to protect against the AVDD supply dropping  
unexpectedly. To enable this feature, P1-R5-B0 is used.  
8.3.6.5 Internal VPVDD Undervoltage-Error Protection  
If the voltage presented on the PVDD supply drops below the UVETHRES(PVDD) value listed in the Recommended  
Operating Conditions table, the SPK_OUTxx outputs transition to high impedance. This is a self-clearing error,  
which means that once the PVDD level drops below the level listed in the Recommended Operating Conditions  
table, the device resumes normal operation.  
8.3.6.6 Internal VPVDD Overvoltage-Error Protection  
If the voltage presented on the PVDD supply exceeds the OVETHRES(PVDD) value listed in the Recommended  
Operating Conditions table, the SPK_OUTxx outputs will transition to high impedance. This is a self-clearing  
error, which means that once the PVDD level drops below the level listed in the Recommended Operating  
Conditions table, the device will resume normal operation. It is important to note that this voltage only protects up  
to the level described in the Recommended Operating Conditions table for the PVDD voltage. Exceeding this  
absolute maximum rating causes damage and possible device failure, because the levels exceed that which can  
be protected against by the OVE protection circuit.  
8.3.6.7 External Undervoltage-Error Protection  
The SPK_MUTE pin can also be used to monitor a system voltage, such as a LCD TV backlight, a battery pack  
in portable device, by using a voltage divider created with two resistors. (See Figure 73)  
If the SPK_MUTE pin makes a transition from “1” to “0” over 6 ms or more, the device switches into external  
under-voltage protection mode. This mode uses two trigger levels.  
When the SPK_MUTE pin level reaches 2 V, soft mute process begins.  
When the SPK_MUTE pin level reaches 1.2 V, analog output mute engages, regardless of digital audio level,  
and analog output shutdown begins.  
A timing diagram to show this is shown in Figure 74.  
54  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
NOTE  
The SPK_MUTE input pin voltage range is provided in the Recommended Operating  
Conditions table. The ratio of external resistors must produce a voltage within this input  
range. Any increase in power supply (such as power supply positive noise or ripple) can  
pull the SPK_MUTE pin higher than that the level specified in the Recommended  
Operating Conditions table, potentially causing damage to or failure of the device.  
Therefore, it is imperative that any monitored voltage (including all ripple, power supply  
variation, resistor divider variation, transient spikes, etc.) is scaled by the resistor divider  
network to never drive the voltage on the SPK_MUTE pin higher than the maximum level  
specified in the Recommended Operating Conditions table.  
When the divider is set correctly, any DC voltage can be monitored. shows a 12-V example of how the  
SPK_MUTE is used for external undervoltage error protection.  
VDD  
12 V  
7.25 NŸꢀ  
SPK_MUTE  
2.75 NŸꢀ  
Figure 73. SPK_MUTE Used in External Undervoltage Error Protection  
Digital attenuation followed by analog mute  
Analog mute  
SPK_MUTE  
0.9 × DV  
DD  
2.0 V  
1.2 V  
0.1 × DV  
DD  
t
f
Figure 74. SPK_MUTE Timing for External Undervoltage Error Protection  
8.3.6.8 Internal Clock Error Notification (CLKE)  
8.3.7 GPIO Port and Hardware Control Pins  
The TAS5754M device includes a versatile GPIO port, allowing signals to be passed from the system to the  
device or sent out of the device to the system. There are three GPIO pins available for use. These pins can be  
used for advanced clocking features, to pass internal signals to the system or accept signals from the system for  
use inside the device by a HybridFlow, or simply to monitor the status of an external signal via I2C. The GPIO  
port requires some configuration in the control port. This configuration is detailed in Figure 75.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
55  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Internal Data  
(P0-R82)  
GPIOx Output Enable  
P0-R8  
GPIOx Output Inversion  
P0-R87  
GPIOx Output Selection  
P0-R82  
Off (low)  
DSP GPIOx output  
Register GPIOx output (P0-R86)  
Auto mute flag (Both A and B)  
Auto mute flag (Channel B)  
Auto mute flag (Channel A)  
Clock invalid flag  
Mux  
GPIOx  
Mux  
Serial Audio Data Output  
Analog mute flag for B  
Analog mute flag for A  
PLL lock flag  
Charge Pump Clock  
GPIOx Input State  
Under voltage flag 1  
Under voltage flag 2  
Monitoring  
(P0-R119)  
PLL output/4  
To MiniDSP  
To Clock Tree  
Figure 75. GPIO Port  
In addition to the dynamic controls which can be implemented with the GPIO port, each HybridFlow uses the  
GPIO port as required. In some HybridFlows, a GPIO is used to present an internal serial audio data signal to a  
system controller. In others, the status of a GPIO pin is monitored and the status of that pin is used to adjust the  
audio processing applied to the signal. Refer to each HybridFlow for specifics regarding how the GPIO port is  
used. GPIOs which have been allocated to a function in a HybridFlow can be reassigned using the same controls  
as those listed in Figure 75. However, they no longer serve the purpose intended by the design of the  
HybridFlow.  
8.3.8 I2C Communication Port  
The TAS5754M device supports the I2C serial bus and the data transmission protocol for standard and fast mode  
as a slave device.  
8.3.8.1 Slave Address  
Table 16. I2C Slave Address  
MSB  
1
LSB  
0
0
1
1
ADR2  
ADR1  
R/ W  
The TAS5754M device has 7 bits for its own slave address. The first five bits (MSBs) of the slave address are  
factory preset to 10011 (0x9x). The next two bits of the address byte are the device select bits which can be  
user-defined by the ADR1 and ADR0 terminals. A maximum of four devices can be connected on the same bus  
at one time. This gives a range of 0x98, 0x9A, 0x9C and 0x9E, as detailed below. Each TAS5754M device  
responds when it receives its own slave address.  
Table 17. I2C Address Configuration via ADR0 and ADR1 Pins  
ADR1  
ADR0  
I2C SLAVE ADDRESS [R/W]  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0x99/0x98  
0x9B/0x9A  
0x9D/0x9C  
0x9F/0x9E  
56  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.3.8.2 Register Address Auto-Increment Mode  
MSB  
LSB  
A0  
INC  
A6  
A5  
A4  
A3  
A2  
A1  
Figure 76. Auto Increment Mode  
Auto-increment mode allows multiple sequential register locations to be written to or read back in a single  
operation, and is especially useful for block write and read operations.  
8.3.8.3 Packet Protocol  
A master device must control packet protocol, which consists of start condition, slave address, read/write bit,  
data if write or acknowledge if read, and stop condition. The TAS5754M device supports only slave receivers and  
slave transmitters.  
SDA  
SCL  
9
1–7  
8
9
1–8  
9
1–8  
9
Sp  
St  
Slave address  
R/W  
ACK  
DATA  
ACK  
DATA  
ACK  
ACK  
Start  
condition  
Stop  
condition  
R/W: Read operation if 1; otherwise, write operation  
ACK: Acknowledgement of a byte if 0  
DATA: 8 bits (byte)  
Figure 77. Packet Protocol  
Table 18. Write Operation - Basic I2C Framework  
Transmitter  
Data Type  
M
M
M
S
M
S
M
S
S
M
St  
slave address  
R/  
ACK  
DATA  
ACK  
DATA  
ACK  
ACK  
Sp  
Table 19. Read Operation - Basic I2C Framework  
Transmitter  
Data Type  
M
M
M
S
S
M
S
M
M
M
St  
slave address  
R/  
ACK  
DATA  
ACK  
DATA  
ACK  
NACK  
Sp  
M = Master Device; S = Slave Device; St = Start Condition Sp = Stop Condition  
8.3.8.4 Write Register  
A master can write to any TAS5754M device registers using single or multiple accesses. The master sends a  
TAS5754M device slave address with a write bit, a register address with auto-increment bit, and the data. If auto-  
increment is enabled, the address is that of the starting register, followed by the data to be transferred. When the  
data is received properly, the index register is incremented by 1 automatically. When the index register reaches  
0x7F, the next value is 0x0. Table 20 shows the write operation.  
Table 20. Write Operation  
Transmitter  
Data Type  
M
M
M
S
M
S
M
S
M
S
S
M
reg  
addr  
write  
data 1  
write  
data 2  
St  
slave addr  
W
ACK  
inc  
ACK  
ACK  
ACK  
ACK  
Sp  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
57  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
M = Master Device; S = Slave Device; St = Start Condition Sp = Stop Condition; W = Write; ACK = Acknowledge  
8.3.8.5 Read Register  
A master can read the TAS5754M device register. The value of the register address is stored in an indirect index  
register in advance. The master sends a TAS5754M device slave address with a read bit after storing the  
register address. Then the TAS5754M device transfers the data which the index register points to. When auto-  
increment is enabled, the index register is incremented by 1 automatically. When the index register reaches  
0x7F, the next value is 0x0. Table 21 shows the read operation.  
Table 21. Read Operation  
Transmitter  
Data Type  
M
M
M
S
M
S
M
M
M
S
S
M
M
M
slave  
addr  
reg  
addr  
slave  
addr  
St  
W
ACK  
inc  
ACK  
Sr  
R
ACK  
data  
ACK  
NACK  
Sp  
M = Master Device; S = Slave Device; St = Start Condition; Sr = Repeated start condition; Sp = Stop Condition;  
W = Write; R = Read; NACK = Not acknowledge  
8.3.9 Device Functional Modes  
Because the TAS5754M device is a highly configurable device, numerous modes of operation can exist for the  
device. For the sake of succinct documentation, these modes are divided into two modes:  
Fundamental operating modes  
Secondary usage modes  
Fundamental operating modes are the primary modes of operation that affect the major operational  
characteristics of the device. These are the most basic configurations that are chosen to ensure compatibility  
with the intended application or the other components that interact with the device in the final system. Some  
examples of these are the communication protocol used by the control port, the output configuration of the  
amplifier, or the Master/Slave clocking configuration.  
The fundamental operating modes are described starting in the Serial Audio Port Operating Modes section.  
Secondary usage modes are best described as modes of operation that are used after the fundamental operating  
modes are chosen to fine tune how the device operates within a given system. These secondary usage modes  
may include selecting between left justified and right justified Serial Audio Port data formats, or enabling some  
slight gain/attenuation within the DAC path. Secondary usage modes are accomplished through manipulation of  
the registers and controls in the I2C control port. Those modes of operation are described in their respective  
register/bit descriptions and, to avoid redundancy, are not included in this section.  
8.3.9.1 Serial Audio Port Operating Modes  
The serial audio port in the TAS5754M device supports industry-standard audio data formats, including I2S, Time  
Division Multiplexing (TDM), Left-Justified (LJ), and Right-Justified (RJ) formats. To select the data format that  
will be used with the device, controls are provided on P0-R40. The timing diagrams for the serial audio port are  
shown in the Serial Audio Port Timing – Slave Mode section, and the data formats are shown in the Serial Audio  
Port – Data Formats and Bit Depths section.  
8.3.9.2 Communication Port Operating Modes  
The TAS5754M device is configured via an I2C communication port. The device does not support a hardware  
only mode of operation, nor Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) communication. The I2C Communication Protocol is  
detailed in the I2C Communication Port section. The I2C timing requirements are described in the I2C Bus  
Timing – Standard and I2C Bus Timing – Fast sections.  
8.3.9.3 Audio Processing Modes via HybridFlow Audio Processing  
The TAS5754M device can be configured to include several different audio processing features through the use  
of pre-defined DSP loads called HybridFlows. These HybridFlows have been created and tested to be application  
focused. This approach results in a device which offers the flexibility of a programmable device with the ease-of-  
use and fast download time of a fixed function device. The HybridFlows are selected and downloaded using the  
PurePath™ ControlConsole software. .  
58  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.3.9.4 Speaker Amplifier Operating Modes  
The TAS5754M device can be used in three different amplifier configurations:  
Stereo Mode  
Mono Mode  
Bi-Amp Mode  
8.3.9.4.1 Stereo Mode  
The familiar stereo mode of operation uses the TAS5754M device to amplify two independent signals, which  
represent the left and right portions of a stereo signal. These amplified left and right audio signals are presented  
on differential output pairs shown as SPK_OUTA± and SPK_OUTB±. The routing of the audio data which is  
presented on the SPK_OUTxx outputs can be changed according to the HybridFlow which is used and the  
configuration of registers P0-R42-B[5:4] and P0-R42-B[1:0]. This mode of operation is shown in Figure 80.  
By default, the TAS5754M device is configured to output the Right frame of a I2S input on the Channel A output  
and the left frame on the Channel B output.  
8.3.9.4.2 Mono Mode  
This mode of operation is used to describe operation in which the two outputs of the device are placed in parallel  
with one another to increase the power sourcing capabilities of the device.  
On the output side of the TAS5754M device, the summation of the devices can be done before the filter in a  
configuration called Pre-Filter Parallel Bridge Tied Load (PBTL). However, it is sometimes preferable to merge  
the two outputs together after the inductor portion of the output filter. Doing so does require two additional  
inductors, but allows smaller, less expensive inductors to be used because the current is divided between the  
two inductors. This is called Post-Filter PBTL. Both variants of mono operation are shown in Figure 78 and  
Figure 79.  
LFILT  
LFILT  
SPK_OUTA+  
SPK_OUTA+  
CFILT  
CFILT  
SPK_OUTA-  
LFILT  
SPK_OUTA-  
CFILT  
SPK_OUTB+  
CFILT  
LFILT  
SPK_OUTB-  
CFILT  
SPK_OUTB+  
LFILT  
LFILT  
SPK_OUTB-  
CFILT  
Figure 78. Pre-Filter PBTL  
Figure 79. Post-Filter PBTL  
On the input side of the TAS5754M device, the input signal to the mono amplifier can be selected from the any  
slot in a TDM stream or the left or right frame from an I2S, LJ, or RJ signal. It can also be configured to amplify  
some mixture of two signals, as in the case of a subwoofer channel which mixes the left and right channel  
together and sends it through a low-pass filter in order to create a mono, low-frequency signal.  
This mode of operation is shown in the Mono (PBTL) Systems section.  
8.3.9.4.3 Bi-Amp Mode  
Bi-Amp mode, sometimes also referred to as 1.1 Mode uses a two channel device (such as the TAS5754M  
device ) to amplify two different frequency regions of the same signal for a two-way speaker. This is most often  
used in a single active speaker, where one channel of the amplifier is use to drive the high frequency transducer  
and one channel is used to drive the low-frequency transducer. To operate in Bi-Amped Mode or 1.1 Mode, an  
appropriate HybridFlow must be chosen, because the frequency separation and audio processing must occur in  
the DSP. This mode of operation is shown in the 1.1 (Dual BTL, Bi-Amped) Systems section.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
59  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
8.3.9.4.4 Master and Slave Mode Clocking for Digital Serial Audio Port  
The digital audio serial port in the TAS5754M device can be configured to receive its clocks from another device  
as a serial audio slave device. This mode of operation is described in the Clock Slave Mode with SLCK PLL to  
Generate Internal Clocks (3-Wire PCM) section. If there no system processor available to provide the audio  
clocks, the TAS5754M device can be placed into Master Mode. In this mode, the TAS5754M device provides the  
clocks to the other audio devices in the system. For more details regarding the Master and Slave mode operation  
within the TAS5754M device, please refer to Serial Audio Port Operating Modes.  
60  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.4 Register Maps  
8.4.1 Control Port Registers- Quick Reference  
Register Quick Reference ~ Page 0  
Default (Binary)  
Adr.  
(Dec) (Hex)  
Adr.  
Register  
Name  
Default  
(Hex)  
B7  
B6  
B5  
B4  
RSTM  
0
B3  
B2  
B1  
B0  
RSTR  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
P0-R1  
P0-R2  
P0-R3  
P0-R4  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
RQST  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
RQPD  
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
RQMB  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
RQMA  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
PLCK  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
PLLE  
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
6
5
6
P0-R5  
P0-R6  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
DEMP  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
SDSL  
0
7
8
9
7
8
9
P0-R7  
P0-R8  
P0-R9  
0
0
0
0
0
0
G2OE  
0
0
0
G0OE  
0
0
G1OE  
0
0
Reserved Reserved  
INTMUTE  
Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
SCLKO  
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved  
SCLKP  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved LRCKFSO  
0
0
0
0
0
0
10  
11  
A
B
P0-R10  
P0-R11  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
RSCLK  
0
RLRCKFS  
0
12  
13  
C
D
P0-R12  
P0-R13  
P0-R14  
7C  
0
0
1
0
0
1
SREF  
0
1
0
0
1
1
Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
SDAC  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
14  
15  
E
F
0
0
0
0
0
P0-R15  
...  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
... ...  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
...  
17  
18  
H
P0-R17  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
GREF  
0
12  
P0-R18  
P0-R19  
P0-R20  
P0-R21  
P0-R22  
P0-R23  
P0-R24  
0
10  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RQSY  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
PPDV  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PJDV  
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved  
PDDV (MSB)  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PDDV (LSB)  
0
0
0
0
0
PRDV  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
25  
26  
19  
1A  
P0-R25  
P0-R26  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
61  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Register Maps (continued)  
Register Quick Reference ~ Page 0 (continued)  
Default (Binary)  
Adr.  
(Dec) (Hex)  
Adr.  
Register  
Name  
Default  
(Hex)  
B7  
B6  
0
B5  
0
B4  
0
B3  
DDSP  
0
B2  
0
B1  
0
B0  
0
Reserved  
27  
28  
29  
1B  
1C  
1D  
P0-R27  
P0-R28  
P0-R29  
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved  
DDAC  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved  
DNCP  
0
0
Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DOSR  
0
30  
31  
32  
1E  
1F  
20  
P0-R30  
P0-R31  
P0-R32  
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
DSCLK  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DLRCKFS  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
P0-R33  
P0-R34  
P0-R35  
P0-R36  
P0-R37  
0
0
1
0
0
0
Reserved  
0
0
FSSP  
I16E  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
IDAC (MSB)  
0
0
0
0
0
1
IDAC (LSB)  
0
IPLK  
0
0
DCAS  
0
0
IDCM  
0
0
IDCH  
0
0
IDSK  
0
0
IDBK  
0
0
IDFS  
0
0
Reserved  
38  
39  
26  
27  
P0-R38  
P0-R39  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved  
AFMT  
Reserved Reserved  
ALEN  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
28  
29  
2A  
2B  
2C  
P0-R40  
P0-R41  
P0-R42  
P0-R43  
P0-R44  
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
AOFS  
AUPB  
0
0
0
Reserved  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
AUPA  
11  
1
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
PSEL  
0
0
0
0
0
0
CMDP  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
45  
...  
2D  
...  
P0-R45  
...  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
... ...  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
58  
3A  
P0-R58  
Reserved  
0
AMTB  
0
Reserved  
0
AMTA  
0
59  
60  
61  
62  
3B  
3C  
3D  
3E  
P0-R59  
P0-R60  
P0-R61  
P0-R62  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
PCTL  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
VOLB  
VOLA  
30  
30  
62  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Register Maps (continued)  
Register Quick Reference ~ Page 0 (continued)  
Default (Binary)  
Adr.  
(Dec) (Hex)  
Adr.  
Register  
Name  
Default  
(Hex)  
B7  
0
B6  
0
B5  
1
B4  
0
B3  
B2  
B1  
B0  
VNDF  
VEDF  
VNDS  
VEDS  
VNUF  
VNUS  
63  
64  
65  
3F  
40  
41  
P0-R63  
P0-R64  
P0-R65  
22  
0
0
1
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
2
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
ACTL  
1
1
AMLE  
0
0
AMRE  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
66  
...  
42  
...  
P0-R66  
...  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
... ...  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
81  
51  
P0-R81  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
G1SL  
0
82  
52  
P0-R82  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
G0SL  
0
83  
84  
85  
53  
54  
55  
P0-R83  
P0-R84  
P0-R85  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
G2SL  
0
0
0
0
0
0
GOUT2  
0
0
0
GOUT0  
0
0
GOUT1  
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved Reserved  
86  
87  
56  
57  
P0-R86  
P0-R87  
0
0
0
Reserved  
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved  
GINV2  
0
GINV0  
0
GINV1  
0
Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
88  
89  
58  
59  
P0-R88  
P0-R89  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
B1OV  
0
A1OV  
0
B2OV  
0
A2OV  
0
SFOV  
0
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
5A  
5B  
5C  
5D  
5E  
5F  
P0-R90  
P0-R91  
P0-R92  
P0-R93  
P0-R94  
P0-R95  
0
38  
0
0
Reserved  
0
0
0
DTFS  
1
DTSR  
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
DTBR  
0
0
0
0
0
0
DTBR  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
40  
0
0
Reserved  
0
1
CDST6  
0
0
CDST5  
0
0
CDST4  
0
0
0
CDST2  
0
0
CDST1  
0
0
CDST0  
0
CDST3  
0
Reserved  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
LTSH  
0
CKMF  
0
CSRF  
0
CERF  
0
0
0
0
0
96  
...  
60  
...  
P0-R96  
...  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
... ...  
107  
6B  
PO-R107 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
AMBM  
1
AMAM  
108  
109  
6C  
6D  
P0-R108  
P0-R109  
33  
0
0
0
1
1
SDTM  
0
0
0
1
SHTM  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
110  
...  
6E  
...  
PO-R110 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
... ... ...  
PO-R113 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
113  
71  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
63  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Register Maps (continued)  
Register Quick Reference ~ Page 0 (continued)  
Default (Binary)  
Adr.  
(Dec) (Hex)  
Adr.  
Register  
Name  
Default  
(Hex)  
B7  
B6  
B5  
B4  
B3  
B2  
B1  
1
B0  
1
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
MTST  
FSMM  
114  
115  
72  
73  
P0-R114  
P0-R115  
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
116  
117  
74  
75  
P0-R116 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
P0-R117 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
BOTM  
1
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
PSTM  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
76  
77  
78  
79  
7A  
P0-R118  
P0-R119  
P0-R120  
P0-R121  
P0-R122  
85  
2D  
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
Reserved Reserved  
GPIN  
0
0
1
0
AMFB  
0
1
AMFA  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
DAMD  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
EIFM  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Register Quick Reference ~ Page 1  
Default (Binary)  
Adr.  
(Dec) (Hex)  
Adr.  
Register  
Name  
Default  
(Hex)  
B7  
B6  
B5  
B4  
B3  
B2  
B1  
B0  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
OSEL  
1
2
1
2
P1-R1  
P1-R2  
0
0
0
0
0
0
BAGN  
0
0
0
0
0
AAGN  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserv  
ed  
3
4
3
4
P1-R3  
P1-R4  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserv  
ed  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
UEPD  
0
UIPD  
5
6
7
8
9
5
6
7
8
9
P1-R5  
P1-R6  
P1-R7  
P1-R8  
P1-R9  
11  
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
AMCT  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
0
0
0
0
AGBB  
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved  
AGBA  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
RCMF  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
VCPD  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
64  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Register Quick Reference ~ Page 44  
Default (Binary)  
Adr.  
(Dec) (Hex)  
Adr.  
Register  
Name  
Default  
(Hex)  
B7  
B6  
B5  
B4  
B3  
ACRM  
0
B2  
AMDC  
0
B1  
ACRS  
0
B0  
ASCW  
0
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
1
1
P44-R1  
0
0
0
0
0
Register Quick Reference ~ Page 253  
Default (Binary)  
Adr.  
(Dec) (Hex)  
Adr.  
Register  
Name  
Default  
(Hex)  
B7  
0
B6  
0
B5  
0
B4  
B3  
B2  
0
B1  
0
B0  
0
PLLFLEX1  
63  
64  
3F  
40  
P253-63  
P253-64  
0
0
0
0
0
PLLFLEX2  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8.4.2 Control Port Registers- Detailed Description  
8.4.2.1 P0-R1  
Reset Modules [4] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit resets the interpolation filter and the DAC modules. Since the DSP is also reset, the coefficient RAM content will also be cleared by  
the DSP. This bit is auto cleared and can be set only in standby mode.  
Normal  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
Reset modules  
Reset Register [0] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit resets the mode registers back to their initial values. The RAM content is not cleared, but the execution source will be back to ROM.  
This bit is auto cleared and must be set only when the DAC is in standby mode (resetting registers when the DAC is running is prohibited  
and not supported).  
Normal  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
Reset mode registers  
8.4.2.2 P0-R2  
Standby Request [4] (R/W)  
00000000  
When this bit is set, the DAC will be forced into a system standby mode, which is also the mode the system enters in the case of clock  
errors. In this mode, most subsystems will be powered down but the charge pump and digital power supply.  
Normal operation  
Standby mode  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
Powerdown Request [0] (R/W)  
When this bit is set, the DAC will be forced into powerdown mode, in which the power consumption would be minimum as the charge pump  
is also powered down. However, it will take longer to restart from this mode. This mode has higher precedence than the standby mode, i.e.  
setting this bit along with bit 4 for standby mode will result in the DAC going into powerdown mode.  
Normal operation  
Powerdown mode  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.3 P0-R3  
Mute Channel B [4] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit issues soft mute request for the Channel B. The volume will be smoothly ramped down/up to avoid pop/click noise.  
Normal volume  
Mute  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
65  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Mute Channel A [0] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit issues soft mute request for the Channel A. The volume will be smoothly ramped down/up to avoid pop/click noise.  
Normal volume  
Mute  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.4 P0-R4  
PLL Lock Flag [4] (Read Only)  
00000001  
This bit indicates whether the PLL is locked or not. When the PLL is disabled this bit always shows that the PLL is not locked.  
The PLL is locked  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000001  
The PLL is not locked  
PLL Enable [0] (R/W)  
This bit enables or disables the internal PLL. When PLL is disabled, the master clock is switched to the MCLK.  
Disable PLL  
Enable PLL  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.5 P0-R7  
De-Emphasis Enable [4] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit enables or disables the de-emphasis filter. The default coefficients are for 44.1 kHz sampling rate, but can be changed by  
reprogramming the appropriate coeffients via the coefficient spaces provided in each HybridFlow.  
De-emphasis filter is disabled  
De-emphasis filter is enabled  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
SDOUT Select [0] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit selects what is being output as SDOUT via GPIO pins.  
SDOUT is the DSP output (post-processing)(1)  
SDOUT is the DSP input (pre-processing)  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
(1) Some HybridFlows offer several paths from which to take the SDOUT signal. In this case, this bit should be cleared, and the appropirate  
mixer/mux function in the HybridFlow should be used to determine which processed signal should be presented as the SDOUT signal.  
8.4.2.6 P0-R8  
GPIO2 Output Enable [5] (R/W)  
GPIO0 Output Enable [3] (R/W)  
GPIO1 Output Enable [2] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit sets the direction of the GPIO2 pin  
GPIO2 is input  
- - - 0 - - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - - -  
00000000  
GPIO2 is output  
This bit sets the direction of the GPIO0 pin  
GPIO0 is input  
- - - - - 0 - - -  
- - - - - 1 - - -  
00000000  
GPIO0 is output  
This bit sets the direction of the GPIO1 pin  
GPIO1 is input  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
GPIO1 is output  
8.4.2.7 P0-R9  
SCLK Polarity [5] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit sets the inverted SCLK mode. In inverted SCLK mode, the DAC assumes that the LRCK/FS and SDIN edges are aligned to the  
rising edge of the SCLK. Normally they are assumed to be aligned to the falling edge of the SCLK.  
Normal SCLK mode  
Inverted SCLK mode  
- - - 0 - - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - - -  
66  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
SCLK Output Enable [4] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit sets the SCLK pin direction to output for I2S master mode operation. In I2S master mode the TAS5754M outputs the reference  
SCLK and LRCK/FS, and the external source device provides the SDIN according to these clocks. Use P0-R32 to program the division  
factor of the MCLK to yield the desired SCLK rate (normally 64FS)  
SCLK is input (I2S slave mode)  
SCLK is output (I2S master mode)  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
LRCK/FS Output Enable [0] (R/W)  
This bit sets the LRCK/FS pin direction to output for I2S master mode operation. In I2S master mode the PCM51xx outputs the reference  
SCLK and LRCK/FS, and the external source device provides the SDIN according to these clocks. Use P0/R33 to program the division  
factor of the SCLK to yield 1FS for LRCK/FS.  
LRCK/FS is input (I2S slave mode)  
LRCK/FS is output (I2S master mode)  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.8 P0-R12  
Master Mode SCLK Divider Reset [1] (R/W)  
01111100  
This bit, when set to 0, will reset the MCLK divider to generate SCLK clock for I2S master mode. To use I2S master mode, the divider must  
be enabled and programmed properly.  
Master mode SCLK clock divider is reset  
- - - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - - 1 -  
01111100  
Master mode SCLK clock divider is functional  
Master Mode LRCK/FS Divider Reset [0] (R/W)  
This bit, when set to 0, will reset the SCLK divider to generate LRCK/FS clock for I2S master mode. To use I2S master mode, the divider  
must be enabled and programmed properly.  
Master mode LRCK/FS clock divider is reset  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
Master mode LRCK/FS clock divider is functional  
8.4.2.9 P0-R13  
PLL Reference [6:4] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit select the source clock for internal PLL. This bit is ignored and overriden in clock auto set mode.  
The PLL reference clock is MCLK  
The PLL reference clock is MCLK  
Reserved  
- 0 0 0 - - - -  
- 0 0 1- - - -  
- 1 0 0 - - - -  
- 1 1 1 - - - -  
The PLL reference clock is GPIO (selected using P0-R18)  
8.4.2.10 P0-R14  
DAC Clock Source [6:4] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits select the source clock for DAC clock divider.  
Master clock (PLL/MCLK and OSC auto-select)  
PLL clock  
- 0 0 0 - - - -  
- 0 0 1- - - -  
- 0 1 0 - - - -  
- 0 1 1 - - - -  
- 1 0 0 - - - -  
Reserved  
MCLK clock  
SCLK clock others:  
Others: reserved (muted)  
8.4.2.11 P0-R18  
GPIO Source for PLL Reference clock [2:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits select the GPIO pins as clock input source when GPIO is selected as the PLL reference clock source.  
Reserved  
- - - - - 0 0 0  
- - - - - 0 0 1  
- - - - - 0 1 0  
Reserved  
GPIO1 functions as clock input source  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
67  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
GPIO Source for PLL Reference clock [2:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
GPIO0 functions as clock input source  
Reserved  
- - - - - 0 1 1  
- - - - - 1 0 0  
- - - - - 1 0 1  
GPIO2 functions as clock input source  
Others: reserved (muted)  
8.4.2.12 P0-R19  
Synchronization Request [0] (R/W)  
00010000  
This bit, when set to 1 will issue the clock resynchronization by synchronously resets the DAC, CP and OSR clocks. The actual clock  
resynchronization takes place when this bit is set back to 0, where the DAC, CP and OSR clocks are resumed at the beginning of the audio  
frame.  
Resume DAC, CP and OSR clocks synchronized to the beginning of audio frame  
Halt DAC, CP and OSR clocks as the beginning of re-synchronization process  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.13 P0-R20  
PLL Divider P-Factor [3:0] (R/W)  
These bits set the PLL divider P factor. These bits are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
Sets the PLL divider P factor to P=1  
00000000  
- - - - 0 0 0 0  
- - - - 0 0 0 1  
- - - - 0 0 1 0  
...  
Sets the PLL divider P factor to P=2  
Sets the PLL divider P factor to P=3  
...  
Sets the PLL divider P factor to P=13  
- - - - 1 1 0 0  
- - - - 1 1 0 1  
- - - - 1 1 1 0  
- - - - 1 1 1 1  
Sets the PLL divider P factor to P=14  
Sets the PLL divider P factor to P=15  
Prohibited (do not set this value)  
8.4.2.14 P0-R21  
PLL Divider J-Factor [4:0] (R/W)  
These bits set the J part of the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R. These bits are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
Prohibited (do not set this value)  
00000000  
- - - 0 0 0 0 0  
- - - 0 0 0 0 1  
- - - 0 0 0 1 0  
- - - 0 0 0 1 1  
...  
Sets the J part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to J = 1  
Sets the J part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to J = 2  
Sets the J part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to J = 3  
...  
Sets the J part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to J = 61  
Sets the J part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to J = 62  
Sets the J part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to J = 63  
- - - 1 1 1 0 1  
- - - 1 1 1 1 0  
- - - 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.15 P0-R22  
PLL Divider D-Factor (Most Significant Bit) [5:0] (Least Significant Bit) [7:0] (R/W)  
These bits set the D part of the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R. These bits are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
Sets the D part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to D = 0000  
Sets the D part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to D = 0001  
Sets the D part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to D = 0010  
...  
Decimal  
0
1
2
...  
Sets the D part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to D = 9997  
Sets the D part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to D = 9998  
Sets the D part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to D = 9999  
9997  
9998  
9999  
68  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.4.2.16 P0-R24  
PLL Divider R-Factor [3:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits set the R part of the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R. These bits are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
Sets the R part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to R = 1  
Sets the R part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to R = 2  
Sets the R part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to R = 3  
...  
- - - - 0 0 0 0  
- - - - 0 0 0 1  
- - - - 0 0 1 0  
...  
Sets the R part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to R = 14  
Sets the R part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to R = 15  
Sets the R part if the overall PLL multiplication factor J.D * R to R = 16  
- - - - 1 1 0 1  
- - - - 1 1 1 0  
- - - - 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.17 P0-R27  
DSP Clock Divider [6:0] (R/W)  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DSP clock. These bits are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DSP clock. Divide by 1  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DSP clock. Divide by 2  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DSP clock. Divide by 3  
...  
00000000  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
- 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DSP clock. Divide by 126  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DSP clock. Divide by 127  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DSP clock. Divide by 128  
- 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.18 P0-R28  
DAC Clock Divider [6:0] (R/W)  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DAC clock. These bits are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DAC clock. Divide by 1  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DAC clock. Divide by 2  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DAC clock. Divide by 3  
...  
00000000  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
- 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DAC clock. Divide by 126  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DAC clock. Divide by 127  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the DAC clock. Divide by 128  
- 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.19 P0-R29  
NCP Clock Divider [6:0] (R/W)  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the CP clock. These bits are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the NCP clock. Divide by 1  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the NCP clock. Divide by 2  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the NCP clock. Divide by 3  
...  
00000000  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
- 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the NCP clock. Divide by 126  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the NCP clock. Divide by 127  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the NCP clock. Divide by 128  
- 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.20 P0-R30  
OSR Clock Divider [6:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the OSR clock. These bits are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
69  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
OSR Clock Divider [6:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the OSR clock. Divide by 1  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the OSR clock. Divide by 2  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the OSR clock. Divide by 3  
...  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
- 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the OSR clock. Divide by 126  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the OSR clock. Divide by 127  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the OSR clock. Divide by 128  
- 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.21 P0-R32  
Master Mode SCLK Divider [6:0] (R/W)  
These bits set the MCLK divider value to generate I2S master SCLK clock.  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the SCLK clock. Divide by 1  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the SCLK clock. Divide by 2  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the SCLK clock. Divide by 3  
...  
00000000  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
- 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
- 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the SCLK clock. Divide by 126  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the SCLK clock. Divide by 127  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the SCLK clock Divide by 128  
- 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.22 P0-R33  
Master Mode LRCK/FS Divider [7:0] (R/W)  
These bits set the I2S master SCLK clock divider value to generate I2S master LRCK/FS clock.  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the LRCK/FS clock. Divide by 1  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the LRCK/FS clock. Divide by 2  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the LRCK/FS clock. Divide by 3  
...  
00000000  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the LRCK/FS clock. Divide by 254  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the LRCK/FS clock. Divide by 255  
These bits set the source clock divider value for the LRCK/FS clock. Divide by 256  
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.23 P0-R34  
16x Interpolation [4] (R/W)  
This bit enables or disables the 16x interpolation mode  
8x interpolation  
00000000  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
000000000  
16x interpolation  
Switching Frequency Speed Mode [1:0] (R/W)  
These bits select the FS operation mode, which must be set according to the current audio sampling rate. These bits are ignored in clock  
auto set mode.  
Single speed (fSW 48 kHz)  
- - - - - - 0 0  
- - - - - - 0 1  
- - - - - - 1 0  
Double speed (48 kHz fSW 96 kHz)  
Quad speed (96 kHz fSW 192 kHz)  
8.4.2.24 P0-R35  
Available DSP Clock Cycles (MSB) [7:0] (R/W)  
00000001  
These bits specify the number of DSP clock cycles available in one audio frame. The value should match the DSP clock FS ratio. These bits  
are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
70 Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Available DSP Clock Cycles (MSB) [7:0] (R/W)  
00000001  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
...  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.25 P0-R36  
Available DSP Clock Cycles (LSB) [7:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits specify the number of DSP clock cycles available in one audio frame. The value should match the DSP clock FS ratio. These bits  
are ignored in clock auto set mode.  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
...  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
DSP clock:FS ratio = x  
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.26 P0-R37  
Ignore FS Detection [6] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit controls whether to ignore the FS detection. When ignored, FS error will not cause a clock error.  
Regard FS detection  
- 0 - - - - - -  
- 1 - - - - - -  
00000000  
Ignore FS detection  
Ignore SCLK Detection [5] (R/W)  
This bit controls whether to ignore the SCLK detection against LRCK/FS. The SCLK must be stable between 32FS and 256FS inclusive or  
an error will be reported. When ignored, a SCLK error will not cause a clock error.  
Regard SCLK detection  
Ignore SCLK detection  
- - 1 - - - - -  
- - 0 - - - - -  
00000000  
Ignore MCLK Detection [4] (R/W)  
This bit controls whether to ignore the MCLK detection against LRCK/FS. Only some certain MCLK ratios within some error margin are  
allowed. When ignored, an MCLK error will not cause a clock error.  
Regard MCLK detection  
Ignore MCLK detection  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
Ignore Clock Halt Detection [3] (R/W)  
This bit controls whether to ignore the MCLK halt (static or frequency is lower than acceptable) detection. When ignored an MCLK halt will  
not cause a clock error.  
Regard MCLK halt detection  
Ignore MCLK halt detection  
- - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - 1 -  
00000000  
Ignore LRCK/FS and SCLK Missing Detection [2] (R/W)  
This bit controls whether to ignore the LRCK/FS and SCLK missing detection. The LRCK/FS and SCLK need to be in low state (not only  
static) to be deemed missing. When ignored an LRCK/FS and SCLK missing will not cause the DAC go into powerdown mode.  
Regard LRCK/FS and SCLK missing detection  
Ignore LRCK/FS and SCLK missing detection  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
00000000  
Disable Clock Divider Autoset [1] (R/W)  
This bit enables or disables the clock auto set mode. When dealing with uncommon audio clock configuration, the auto set mode must be  
disabled and all clock dividers must be set manually. Addtionally, some clock detectors might also need to be disabled. The clock autoset  
feature will not work with PLL enabled in VCOM mode. In this case this feature has to be disabled and the clock dividers must be set  
manually.  
Enable clock auto set  
- - - - - - 0 -  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
71  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Disable Clock Divider Autoset [1] (R/W)  
Ignore PLL Lock Detection [0] (R/W)  
00000000  
Disable clock auto set  
- - - - -- 1 -  
00000000  
This bit controls whether to ignore the PLL lock detection. When ignored, PLL unlocks will not cause a clock error. The PLL lock flag at P0-  
R4, bit 4 is always correct regardless of this bit.  
PLL unlocks raise clock error  
PLL unlocks are ignored  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.27 P0-R40  
I2S Data Format [5:4] (R/W)  
00000010  
These bits control both input and output audio interface formats for DAC operation.  
Input and output audio interface formats for DAC operation is I2S  
- - 0 0 - - - -  
- - 0 1 - - - -  
- - 1 0 - - - -  
- - 1 1 - - - -  
000000010  
Input and output audio interface formats for DAC operation is TDM/DSP  
Input and output audio interface formats for DAC operation is RTJ  
Input and output audio interface formats for DAC operation is LTJ  
I2S Word Length [1:0] (R/W)  
These bits control both input and output audio interface sample word lengths for DAC operation.  
Input and output audio interface sample word length for DAC operation is 16 bits  
Input and output audio interface sample word length for DAC operation is 20 bits  
Input and output audio interface sample word length for DAC operation is 24 bits  
Input and output audio interface sample word length for DAC operation is 32 bits  
- - - - - - 0 0  
- - - - - - 0 1  
- - - - - - 1 0  
- - - - - - 1 1  
8.4.2.28 P0-R41  
I2S Shift [7:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits control the offset of audio data in the audio frame for both input and output. The offset is defined as the number of SCLK from  
the starting (MSB) of audio frame to the starting of the desired audio sample.  
Offset (number of SCLK from the starting (MSB) of audio frame to the starting of the desired audio sample) is 0 SCLK  
(no offset)  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
Offset is 1 SCLK  
Offset is 2 SCLKs  
...  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
Offset is 254 SCLKs  
Offset is 255 SCLKs  
Offset is 256 SCLKs  
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.29 P0-R42  
Channel B DAC Data Path [5:4] (R/W)  
00000001  
These bits control the Channel B audio data path connection.  
Zero data (mute)  
Channel B data  
- - 0 0 - - - -  
- - 0 1 - - - -  
- - 1 0 - - - -  
- - 1 1 - - - -  
000000001  
Channel A data  
Reserved (do not set)  
Channel A DAC Data Path [1:0] (R/W)  
These bits control the Channel A audio data path connection.  
Zero data (mute)  
Channel A data  
- - - - - - 0 0  
- - - - - - 0 1  
- - - - - - 1 0  
- - - - - - 1 1  
Channel B data  
Reserved (do not set)  
72  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.4.2.30 P0-R43  
DSP Program Selection [4:0] (R/W)  
00000001  
These bits select the DSP program to use for audio processing.  
Reserved (do not set)  
- - - 0 0 0 0 0  
- - - 0 0 0 0 1  
- - - 0 0 0 1 0  
- - - 0 0 0 1 1  
- - - 0 0 1 0 0  
- - - 0 0 1 0 1  
- - - 0 0 1 1 0  
- - - 0 0 1 1 1  
...  
8x, 4x, or 2x FIR interpolation filter with de-emphasis  
8x, 4x, or 2x Low latency IIR interpolation filter with de-emphasis  
16x FIR interpolation filter with de-emphasis  
16x Low latency IIR interpolation filter with de-emphasis  
Fixed process flow with configurable parameters  
Reserved (do not set)  
8× Ringing-less low latency FIR interpolation filter without de-emphasis  
Others: Reserved (do not set)  
User program in RAM  
- - - 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.31 P0-R44  
Clock Missing Detection Period [2:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits set how long both SCLK and LRCK/FS keep low before the audio clocks deemed missing and the DAC transitions to powerdown  
mode.  
Period that SCLK and LRCK/FS are keep low before the audio clock is deemed missing and the DAC transitions to  
powerdown mode is approximately 1 second  
- - - - - 0 0 0  
Period that SCLK and LRCK/FS are keep low before the audio clock is deemed missing and the DAC transitions to  
powerdown mode is approximately 2 seconds  
- - - - - 0 0 1  
...  
...  
Period that SCLK and LRCK/FS are keep low before the audio clock is deemed missing and the DAC transitions to  
powerdown mode is approximately 7 seconds  
- - - - - 1 1 0  
Period that SCLK and LRCK/FS are keep low before the audio clock is deemed missing and the DAC transitions to  
powerdown mode is approximately 8 seconds  
- - - - - 1 1 1  
8.4.2.32 P0-R59  
Auto Mute Time for Channel B [6:4] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits specify the length of consecutive zero samples at Channel B before the channel can be auto muted. The times shown are for 48  
kHz sampling rate and will scale with other rates.  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 21 ms  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 106 ms  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 213 ms  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 533 ms  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 1.07 seconds  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 2.13 seconds  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 5.33 seconds  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 10.66 seconds  
Auto Mute Time for Channel A [2:0] (R/W)  
- 0 0 0 - - - -  
- 0 0 1- - - -  
- 0 1 0 - - - -  
- 0 1 1 - - - -  
- 1 0 0 - - - -  
- 1 0 1 - - - -  
- 1 1 0 - - - -  
- 1 1 1 - - - -  
00000000  
These bits specify the length of consecutive zero samples at Channel A before the channel can be auto muted. The times shown are for 48  
kHz sampling rate and will scale with other rates.  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 21 ms  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 106 ms  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 213 ms  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 533 ms  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 1.07 seconds  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 2.13 seconds  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 5.33 seconds  
- - - - - 0 0 0  
- - - - - 0 0 1  
- - - - - 0 1 0  
- - - - - 0 1 1  
- - - - - 1 0 0  
- - - - - 1 0 1  
- - - - - 1 1 0  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
73  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Auto Mute Time for Channel A [2:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
Length of consecutive zero samples before the channel can be auto muted is 10.66 seconds  
- - - - - 1 1 1  
8.4.2.33 P0-R60  
Digital Volume Control [1:0] (R/W)  
These bits control the behavior of the digital volume.  
The volume for Channels A and B are independent  
Channel A volume follows Channel B setting  
000000000  
- - - - - - 0 0  
- - - - - - 0 1  
- - - - - - 1 0  
- - - - - - 1 1  
Channel B volume follows Channel A setting  
Reserved (The volume for Channels A and B are independent)  
8.4.2.34 P0-R61  
Channel B Digital Volume [7:0] (R/W)  
00110000  
These bits control the Channel B digital volume. The digital volume is 24 dB to -103 dB in -0.5 dB step.  
Channel B digital volume is 24 dB  
Channel B digital volume is 23.5 dB  
Channel B digital volume is 23 dB.  
...  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
Channel B digital volume is 0.5 dB  
Channel B digital volume is 0 dB  
Channel B digital volume is –0.5 dB  
...  
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0  
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1  
...  
Channel B digital volume is –102.5 dB  
Channel B digital volume is –103 dB  
Reserved  
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.35 P0-R62  
Channel A Digital Volume [7:0] (R/W)  
00110000  
These bits control the Channel A digital volume. The digital volume is 24 dB to -103 dB in -0.5 dB step.  
Channel A digital volume is 24 dB  
Channel A digital volume is 23.5 dB  
Channel A digital volume is 23 dB.  
...  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
Channel A digital volume is 0.5 dB  
Channel A digital volume is 0 dB  
Channel A digital volume is –0.5 dB  
...  
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0  
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1  
...  
Channel A digital volume is –102.5 dB  
Channel A digital volume is –103 dB  
Reserved  
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.36 P0-R63  
Digital Volume Normal Ramp-Down Frequency [7:6] (R/W)  
00100010  
These bits control the frequency of the digital volume updates when the volume is ramping down. The setting here is applied to soft mute  
request, asserted by SPK_MUTE pin or P0-R3.  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 1 FS period  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 2 FS period  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 4 FS period  
0 0 - - - - - -  
0 1 - - - - - -  
1 0 - - - - - -  
74  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Digital Volume Normal Ramp-Down Frequency [7:6] (R/W)  
Directly sets the volume to zero (Instant mute)  
Digital Volume Normal Ramp Down Step [5:4] (R/W)  
00100010  
1 1 - - - - - -  
00100010  
These bits control the step of the digital volume updates when the volume is ramping down. The setting here is applied to soft mute  
request, asserted by SPK_MUTE pin or P0-R3.  
Decrement by 4 dB for each update  
Decrement by 2 dB for each update  
Decrement by 1 dB for each update  
Decrement by 0.5 dB for each update  
- - 0 0 - - - -  
- - 0 1 - - - -  
- - 1 0 - - - -  
- - 1 1 - - - -  
00100010  
Digital Volume Normal Ramp-Up Frequency [3:2] (R/W)  
These bits control the frequency of the digital volume updates when the volume is ramping up. The setting here is applied to soft unmute  
request, asserted by SPK_MUTE pin or P0-R3.  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 1 FS period  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 2 FS period  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 4 FS period  
Directly sets the volume to zero (Instant unmute)  
- - - - 0 0 - -  
- - - - 0 1 - -  
- - - - 1 0 - -  
- - - - 1 1 - -  
001000010  
Digital Volume Normal Ramp Up Step [1:0] (R/W)  
These bits control the step of the digital volume updates when the volume is ramping up. The setting here is applied to soft unmute request,  
asserted by SPK_MUTE pin or P0-R3.  
Increment by 4 dB for each update  
Increment by 2 dB for each update  
Increment by 1 dB for each update  
Increment by 0.5 dB for each update  
- - - - - - 0 0  
- - - - - - 0 1  
- - - - - - 1 0  
- - - - - - 1 1  
8.4.2.37 P0-R64  
Digital Volume Emergency Ramp Down Frequency [7:6] (R/W)  
00000010  
These bits control the frequency of the digital volume updates when the volume is ramping down due to clock error or power outage, which  
usually needs faster ramp down compared to normal soft mute.  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 1 FS period  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 2 FS period  
The frequency of the digital volume updates is every 4 FS period  
Directly sets the volume to zero (Instant mute)  
0 0 - - - - - -  
0 1 - - - - - -  
1 0 - - - - - -  
1 1 - - - - - -  
00000010  
Digital Volume Emergency Ramp Down Step [5:4] (R/W)  
These bits control the step of the digital volume updates when the volume is ramping down due to clock error or power outage, which  
usually needs faster ramp down compared to normal soft mute.  
Decrement by 4 dB for each update  
Decrement by 2 dB for each update  
Decrement by 1 dB for each update  
Decrement by 0.5 dB for each update  
- - 0 0 - - - -  
- - 0 1 - - - -  
- - 1 0 - - - -  
- - 1 1 - - - -  
8.4.2.38 P0-R65  
Auto Mute Control [2] (R/W)  
00000100  
This bit controls the behavior of the auto mute upon zero sample detection. The time length for zero detection is set with P0-R59.  
Auto mute Channel B and Channel A independently  
- - - - - 0 - -  
Auto mute Channels A and Channel B only when both channels are about to be auto muted  
Auto Mute Channel B [1] (R/W)  
- - - - - 1 - -  
00000100  
This bit enables or disables auto mute on Channel A. Note that when Channel A auto mute is disabled and the P0-R65, bit 2 is set to 1, the  
Channel B will also never be auto muted.  
Disable Channel A auto mute  
Enable Channel A auto mute  
- - - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - - 1 -  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
75  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Auto Mute Channel A [0] (R/W)  
00000100  
This bit enables or disables auto mute on Channel B. Note that when Channel B auto mute is disabled and the P0-R65, bit 2 is set to 1, the  
Channel A will also never be auto muted.  
Disable Channel B auto mute  
Enable Channel B auto mute  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.39 P0-R82  
GPIO1 Output Selection [4:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits select the signal to output to GPIO1. To actually output the selected signal, the GPIO1 must be set to output mode at P0-R8.  
Off (low)  
- - - 0 0 0 0 0  
- - - 0 0 0 0 1  
- - - 0 0 0 1 0  
- - - 0 0 0 1 1  
- - - 0 0 1 0 0  
- - - 0 0 1 0 1  
- - - 0 0 1 1 0  
- - - 0 0 1 1 1  
- - - 0 1 0 0 0  
- - - 0 1 0 0 1  
- - - 0 1 0 1 0  
- - - 0 1 0 1 1  
- - - 0 1 1 0 0  
- - - 0 1 1 0 1  
- - - 0 1 1 1 0  
- - - 0 1 1 1 1  
- - - 1 0 0 0 0  
DSP GPIO1 output  
Register GPIO1 output (P0-R86, bit 2)  
Auto mute flag (asserted when both Channel A and Channel B are auto muted)  
Auto mute flag for Channel B  
Auto mute flag for Channel A  
Clock invalid flag (clock error or clock changing or clock missing)  
Serial audio interface data output (SDOUT)  
Analog mute flag for Channel B (low active)  
Analog mute flag for Channel A (low active)  
PLL lock flag  
Charge pump clock  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Under voltage flag, asserted when SPK_MUTE voltage is higher than 0.7 DVDD  
Under voltage flag, asserted when SPK_MUTE voltage is higher than 0.3 DVDD  
PLL Output/4 (Requires Clock Flex Register)  
Others: reserved  
8.4.2.40 P0-R83  
GPIO0 Output Selection [4:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits select the signal to output to GPIO0. To actually output the selected signal, the GPIO0 must be set to output mode at P0-R8.  
Off (low)  
- - - 0 0 0 0 0  
- - - 0 0 0 0 1  
- - - 0 0 0 1 0  
- - - 0 0 0 1 1  
- - - 0 0 1 0 0  
- - - 0 0 1 0 1  
- - - 0 0 1 1 0  
- - - 0 0 1 1 1  
- - - 0 1 0 0 0  
- - - 0 1 0 0 1  
- - - 0 1 0 1 0  
- - - 0 1 0 1 1  
- - - 0 1 1 0 0  
- - - 0 1 1 0 1  
- - - 0 1 1 1 0  
- - - 0 1 1 1 1  
- - - 1 0 0 0 0  
DSP GPIO0 output  
Register GPIO0 output (P0-R86, bit 2)  
Auto mute flag (asserted when both Channel A and Channel B are auto muted)  
Auto mute flag for Channel B  
Auto mute flag for Channel A  
Clock invalid flag (clock error or clock changing or clock missing)  
Serial audio interface data output (SDOUT)  
Analog mute flag for Channel B (low active)  
Analog mute flag for Channel A (low active)  
PLL lock flag  
Charge pump clock  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Under voltage flag, asserted when SPK_MUTE voltage is higher than 0.7 DVDD  
Under voltage flag, asserted when SPK_MUTE voltage is higher than 0.3 DVDD  
PLL Output/4 (Requires Clock Flex Register)  
Others: reserved  
76  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.4.2.41 P0-R85  
GPIO2 Output Selection [4:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
These bits select the signal to output to GPIO2. To actually output the selected signal, the GPIO2 must be set to output mode at P0-R8.  
Off (low)  
- - - 0 0 0 0 0  
- - - 0 0 0 0 1  
- - - 0 0 0 1 0  
- - - 0 0 0 1 1  
- - - 0 0 1 0 0  
- - - 0 0 1 0 1  
- - - 0 0 1 1 0  
- - - 0 0 1 1 1  
- - - 0 1 0 0 0  
- - - 0 1 0 0 1  
- - - 0 1 0 1 0  
- - - 0 1 0 1 1  
- - - 0 1 1 0 0  
- - - 0 1 1 0 1  
- - - 0 1 1 1 0  
- - - 0 1 1 1 1  
- - - 1 0 0 0 0  
DSP GPIO2 output  
Register GPIO2 output (P0-R86, bit 5)  
Auto mute flag (asserted when both Channels A and B are auto muted)  
Auto mute flag for Channel B  
Auto mute flag for Channel A  
Clock invalid flag (clock error or clock changing or clock missing)  
Serial audio interface data output (SDOUT)  
Analog mute flag for Channel B (low active)  
Analog mute flag for Channel A (low active)  
PLL lock flag  
Charge pump clock  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Under voltage flag, asserted when SPK_MUTE voltage is higher than 0.7 DVDD  
Under voltage flag, asserted when SPK_MUTE voltage is higher than 0.3 DVDD  
PLL Output/4 (Requires Clock Flex Register)  
Others: reserved  
8.4.2.42 P0-R86  
GPIO2 Output Control [5] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit controls the GPIO2 output when the selection at P0-R85 is set to 0010 (register output).  
Output low  
- - - 0 - - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - - -  
00000000  
Output high  
GPIO0 Output Control [3] (R/W)  
This bit controls the GPIO0 output when the selection at P0-R83 is set to 0010 (register output).  
Output low  
- - - - - 0 - - -  
- - - - - 1 - - -  
00000000  
Output high  
GPIO1 Output Control [2] (R/W)  
This bit controls the GPIO1 output when the selection at P0-R82 is set to 0010 (register output).  
Output low  
Output high  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
8.4.2.43 P0-R87  
GPIO2 Output Inversion [5] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit controls the polarity of GPIO2 output. When set to 1, the output is inverted for any signal being selected.  
Non-inverted  
- - - 0 - - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - - -  
00000000  
Inverted  
GPIO0 Output Inversion [3] (R/W)  
This bit controls the polarity of GPIO0 output. When set to 1, the output is inverted for any signal being selected.  
Non-inverted  
Inverted  
- - - - - 0 - - -  
- - - - - 1 - - -  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
77  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
GPIO1 Output Inversion [2] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit controls the polarity of GPIO1 output. When set to 1, the output is inverted for any signal being selected.  
Non-inverted  
Inverted  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
8.4.2.44 P0-R90  
Channel B-1 Overflow [4] (Read Only)  
00000000  
This bit indicates whether the Channel B of DSP first output port has overflow. This bit is sticky and is cleared when read.  
No overflow  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
Overflow occurred  
Channel A-1 Overflow [3] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether the Channel A of DSP first output port has overflow. This bit is sticky and is cleared when read.  
No overflow  
- - - - - 0 - - -  
- - - - - 1 - - -  
00000000  
Overflow occurred  
Channel B-2 Overflow [2] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether the Channel B of DSP second output port has overflow. This bit is sticky and is cleared when read.  
No overflow  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
00000000  
Overflow occurred  
Channel A-2 Overflow [1] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether the Channel A of DSP second output port has overflow. This bit is sticky and is cleared when read.  
No overflow  
- - - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - - 1 -  
00000000  
Overflow occurred  
Shifter Overflow [0] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether overflow occurred in the DSP shifter (possible sample corruption). This bit is sticky and is cleared when read.  
No overflow  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
Overflow occurred  
8.4.2.45 P0-R91  
Detected FS [6:4] (Read Only)  
00111000  
These bits indicate the currently detected audio sampling rate.  
Error (out-of-valid range)  
8 kHz  
- 0 0 0 - - - -  
- 0 0 1 - - - -  
- 0 1 0 - - - -  
- 0 1 1 - - - -  
- 1 0 0 - - - -  
- 1 0 1 - - - -  
- 1 1 1 - - - -  
00111000  
16 kHz  
32 kHz to 48 kHz  
88.2 kHz to 96 kHz  
176.4 kHz to 192 kHz  
Reserved  
Detected MCLK Ratio [3:0] (Read Only)  
These bits indicate the currently detected MCLK ratio. Note that even if the MCLK ratio is not indicated as error, clock error might still be  
flagged due to incompatible combination with the sampling rate. Specifically the MCLK ratio must be high enough to allow enough DSP  
cycles for minimal audio processing when PLL is disabled. The absolute MCLK frequency must also be lower than 50 MHz.  
Ratio error (The MCLK ratio is not allowed)  
MCLK = 32 FS  
- - - - 0 0 0 0  
- - - - 0 0 0 1  
- - - - 0 0 1 0  
- - - - 0 0 1 1  
- - - - 0 1 0 0  
- - - - 0 1 0 1  
- - - - 0 1 1 0  
- - - - 0 1 1 1  
MCLK = 48 FS  
MCLK = 64 FS  
MCLK = 128 FS  
MCLK = 192 FS  
MCLK = 256 FS  
MCLK = 384 FS  
78  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Detected MCLK Ratio [3:0] (Read Only)  
00111000  
MCLK = 512 FS  
MCLK = 768 FS  
MCLK = 1024 FS  
MCLK = 1152 FS  
MCLK = 1536 FS  
MCLK = 2048 FS  
MCLK = 3072 FS  
- - - - 1 0 0 0  
- - - - 1 0 0 1  
- - - - 1 0 1 0  
- - - - 1 0 1 1  
- - - - 1 1 0 0  
- - - - 1 1 0 1  
- - - - 1 1 1 0  
8.4.2.46 P0-R92  
Detected SCLK Ratio [0] (Read Only)  
00000000  
This bit is the MSB of the 9 bit word that describes the currently detected SCLK to LRCK/FS Ratio. Binary to decimal conversion gives ratio.  
Decode with P0-93 to determine value.  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.47 P0-R93  
Detected SCLK Ratio [7:0] (Read Only)  
00000000  
These bits are bit 1 through bit 8 of the 9 bit word that describes the currently detected SCLK to LRCK/FS Ratio. Binary to decimal  
conversion gives ratio.  
LSB of 9 bit word  
- - - - - - - 0  
2nd LSB of 9 bit word  
- - - - - - 0 -  
...  
...  
2nd MSB of 9 bit word (MSB is found in P0-R92-B0)  
0 - - - - - - -  
00111000  
Detected MCLK Ratio [3:0] (Read Only)  
These bits indicate the currently detected MCLK ratio. Note that even if the MCLK ratio is not indicated as error, clock error might still be  
flagged due to incompatible combination with the sampling rate. Specifically the MCLK ratio must be high enough to allow enough DSP  
cycles for minimal audio processing when PLL is disabled. The absolute MCLK frequency must also be lower than 50 MHz.  
These bits indicate the currently detected MCLK ratio. Note that even if the MCLK ratio is not indicated as error, clock  
error might still be flagged due to incompatible combination with the sampling rate. Specifically the MCLK ratio must be  
high enough to allow enough DSP cycles for minimal audio processing when PLL is disabled. The absolute MCLK  
- - - - 0 0 0 0  
frequency must also be lower than 50 MHz. Ratio error (The MCLK ratio is not allowed)  
MCLK = 32 FS  
MCLK = 48 FS  
MCLK = 64 FS  
MCLK = 128 FS  
MCLK = 192 FS  
MCLK = 256 FS  
MCLK = 384 FS  
MCLK = 512 FS  
MCLK = 768 FS  
MCLK = 1024 FS  
MCLK = 1152 FS  
MCLK = 1536 FS  
MCLK = 2048 FS  
MCLK = 3072 FS  
- - - - 0 0 0 1  
- - - - 0 0 1 0  
- - - - 0 0 1 1  
- - - - 0 1 0 0  
- - - - 0 1 0 1  
- - - - 0 1 1 0  
- - - - 0 1 1 1  
- - - - 1 0 0 0  
- - - - 1 0 0 1  
- - - - 1 0 1 0  
- - - - 1 0 1 1  
- - - - 1 1 0 0  
- - - - 1 1 0 1  
- - - - 1 1 1 0  
8.4.2.48 P0-R94  
Clock Detector Status [6] (Ready Only)  
00000000  
This bit indicates whether the MCLK clock is present or not.  
MCLK is present  
- 0 - - - - - -  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
79  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Clock Detector Status [6] (Ready Only)  
Clock Detector Status 5 [5] (Ready Only)  
00000000  
MCLK is missing (halted)  
- 1 - - - - - -  
00000000  
This bit indicates whether the PLL is locked or not. The PLL will be reported as unlocked when it is disabled.  
PLL is locked  
- - 1 - - - - -  
- - 0 - - - - -  
00000000  
PLL is unlocked  
Clock Detector Status 4 [4] (Ready Only)  
This bit indicates whether the both LRCK/FS and SCLK are missing (tied low) or not.  
LRCK/FS and/or SCLK is present  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
LRCK/FS and SCLK are missing  
Clock Detector Status 3 [3] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether the combination of current sampling rate and MCLK ratio is valid for clock auto set.  
The combination of FS:MCLK ratio is valid  
- - - - - 0 - - -  
- - - - - 1 - - -  
00000000  
Error (clock auto set is not possible)  
Clock Detector Status 2 [2] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether the MCLK is valid or not. The MCLK ratio must be detectable to be valid. There is a limitation with this flag, that  
is, when the low period of LRCK/FS is less than or equal to 5 SCLKs, this flag will be asserted (MCLK invalid reported).  
MCLK is valid  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
00000000  
MCLK is invalid  
Clock Detector Status 1 [1] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether the SCLK is valid or not. The SCLK ratio must be stable and in the range of 32-256FS to be valid.  
SCLK is valid  
- - - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - - 1 -  
00000000  
SCLK is invalid  
Clock Detector Status 0 [0] (Read Only)  
This bit indicated whether the audio sampling rate is valid or not. The sampling rate must be detectable to be valid. There is a limitation with  
this flag, that is when this flag is asserted and P0-R37 is set to ignore all asserted error flags such that the DAC recovers, this flag will be  
de-asserted (sampling rate invalid not reported anymore).  
Sampling rate is valid  
Sampling rate is invalid  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.49 P0-R95  
Latched Clock Halt [4] (Ready Only)  
00000000  
This bit indicates whether MCLK halt has occurred. The bit is cleared when read.  
MCLK halt has not occurred  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
MCLK halt has occurred since last read  
Clock Missing [2] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether the LRCK/FS and SCLK are missing (tied low).  
One or both of LRCK/FS SCLK is present  
Both LRCK/FS and SCLK are missing  
Clock Resync Request [1] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether the clock resynchronization is in progress.  
Not resynchronizing  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
00000000  
- - - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - - 1 -  
00000000  
Clock resynchronization is in progress  
Clock Error [0] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether a clock error is being reported.  
Clock is valid  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
Clock is invalid (Error)  
80  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.4.2.50 P0-R108  
Channel B Analog Mute Monitor [1] (Read Only)  
00110011  
This bit is a monitor for Channel B analog mute status.  
Mute  
- - - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - - 1 -  
00110011  
Unmute  
Channel A Analog Mute Monitor [0] (Read Only)  
This bit is a monitor for Channel A analog mute status.  
Mute  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
Unmute  
8.4.2.51 P0-R109  
Short Detect Monitor [4] (Ready Only)  
00000000  
This bit indicates whether line output short is occurring on the DAC_OUTx line.  
Normal (No short)  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
Line output is being shorted  
Short Detected Monitor [0] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates whether line output short on DAC_OUTx has occurred since last read. This bit is sticky and is cleared when read.  
No short  
- - - - - - - 0  
Line output short occurred  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.52 P0-R114  
SPK_MUTE Decoder Status[1:0] (Read Only)  
00000000  
These bits indicate the output of the SPK_MUTE level decoder for monitoring purpose.  
VDD > SPK_MUTE  
- - - - - - 0 0  
- - - - - - 0 1  
- - - - - - 1 0  
- - - - - - 1 1  
VDD SPK_MUTE < 0.7 × VDD  
Reserved (do not set)  
0.7 × VDD SPK_MUTE  
8.4.2.53 P0-R115  
FS Speed Mode Monitor [1:0] (Read Only)  
00000000  
These bits indicate the actual FS operation mode being used. The actual value is the auto set one when clock auto set is active and register  
set one when clock auto set is disabled.  
Single speed (fS 48 kHz)  
- - - - - - 0 0  
- - - - - - 0 1  
- - - - - - 1 0  
Double speed (48 kHz fS 96 kHz)  
Quad speed (96 kHz fS 192 kHz)  
8.4.2.54 P0-R117  
DSP Boot Done Flag [7] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit indicates whether the DSP boot is completed.  
DSP is booting  
0 - - - - - - -  
1 - - - - - - -  
00000000  
DSP boot completed  
Power State [3:0] (Read Only)  
These bits indicate the current power state of the DAC  
Powerdown  
- - - - 0 0 0 0  
- - - - 0 0 0 1  
- - - - 0 0 1 0  
- - - - 0 0 1 1  
Wait for CP voltage valid  
Calibration  
Calibration  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
81  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Power State [3:0] (Read Only)  
00000000  
Volume ramp up  
- - - - 0 1 0 0  
- - - - 0 1 0 1  
- - - - 0 1 1 0  
- - - - 0 1 1 1  
- - - - 1 0 0 0  
Run (Playing)  
Line output short or low impedance  
Volume ramp down  
Standby  
8.4.2.55 P0-R119  
GPIO2 Input State [5] (Read Only)  
00101101  
This bit indicates the logic level at GPIO2 pin.  
GPIO2 logic level low  
- - - 0 - - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - - -  
00101101  
GPIO2 logic level high  
GPIO0 Input State [3] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates the logic level at GPIO0 pin.  
GPIO0 logic level low  
- - - - - 0 - - -  
- - - - - 1 - - -  
00101101  
GPIO0 logic level high  
GPIO1 Input State [2] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates the logic level at GPIO1 pin.  
GPIO1 logic level low  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
GPIO1 logic level high  
8.4.2.56 P0-R120  
Auto Mute Flag for Channel B [4] (Read Only)  
00000000  
This bit indicates the auto mute status for Channel B.  
Not auto muted  
Auto muted  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
Auto Mute Flag for Channel A [0] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates the auto mute status for Channel A.  
Not auto muted  
Auto muted  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.57 P0-R121  
DAC Mode [0] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit controls the DAC mode.  
Mode1  
Mode2  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.58 P1-R2  
Analog Gain Control for Channel B [4] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit controls the Channel B analog gain.  
0 dB  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
–6 dB  
Analog Gain Control for Channel A [0] (R/W)  
This bit controls the Channel A analog gain.  
0 dB  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
–6 dB  
82  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
8.4.2.59 P1-R5  
External UVP Control [1] (R/W)  
00010001  
This bit enables or disables detection of power supply drop via SPK_MUTE pin (external UVLO protection).  
Enabled  
- - - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - - 1 -  
00010001  
Disabled  
Internal UVP Control [0] (R/W)  
This bit enables or disables internal detection of AVDD voltage drop (internal UVLO protection).  
Enabled  
Disabled  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.60 P1-R6  
Analog Mute Control [0] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit enables or disables analog mute following digital mute.  
Enabled  
Disabled  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.61 P1-R7  
Analog +10% Gain for Channel B [4] (R/W)  
This bit enables or disables amplitude boost mode for Channel B.  
Normal amplitude  
00000000  
- - - 0 - - - -  
- - - 1 - - - -  
00000000  
+10% (+0.8 dB) boosted amplitude  
Analog +10% Gain for Channel A [0] (R/W)  
This bit enables or disables amplitude boost mode for Channel A.  
Normal amplitude  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
+10% (+0.8 dB) boosted amplitude  
8.4.2.62 P1-R8  
VCOM Reference Ramp-Up [0] (R/W)  
This bit controls the VCOM voltage ramp up speed.  
00000000  
Normal ramp-up time is approximately 600 ms with external capacitance = 1 µF  
Fast ramp-up time is approximately 3 ms with external capacitance = 1 µF  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.63 P1-R9  
VCOM Power-Down Control [0] (R/W)  
This bit controls VCOM powerdown switch.  
VCOM is powered on  
00000000  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
VCOM is powered down  
8.4.2.64 P44-R1  
Active CRAM Monitor [3] (Read Only)  
00000000  
This bit indicates which CRAM is being accessed by the DSP when adaptive mode is disabled. When adaptive mode is enabled, this bit  
has no meaning.  
CRAM A is being used by the DSP  
CRAM B is being used by the DSP  
- - - - - 0 - - -  
- - - - - 1 - - -  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
83  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Adaptive Mode Control [2] (R/W)  
00000000  
This bit controls the DSP adaptive mode. When in adaptive mode, only CRAM A is accessible via serial interface when the DSP is disabled  
(DAC in standby state), while when the DSP is enabled (DAC is run state) the CRAM A can only be accessed by the DSP and the CRAM B  
can only be accessed by the serial interface, or vice versa depending on the value of CRAMSTAT. When not in adaptive mode, both CRAM  
A and B can be accessed by the serial interface when the DSP is disabled, but when the DSP is enabled, no CRAM can be accessed by  
serial interface. The DSP can access either CRAM, which can be monitored at SWPMON.  
Adaptive mode disabled  
Adaptive mode enabled  
- - - - - 0 - -  
- - - - - 1 - -  
00000000  
Active CRAM Selection [1] (Read Only)  
This bit indicates which CRAM currently serves as the active one. The other CRAM serves as an update buffer, and can accessed by serial  
interface (SPI/I2C)  
CRAM A is active and being used by the DSP  
CRAM B is active and being used by the DSP  
- - - - - - - 0 -  
- - - - - - - 1 -  
00000000  
Switch Active CRAM [0] (R/W)  
This bit is used to request switching roles of the two buffers, (switching the active buffer role between CRAM A and CRAM B). This bit is  
cleared automatically when the switching process completed.  
No switching requested or switching completed  
Switching is being requested  
- - - - - - - 0  
- - - - - - - 1  
8.4.2.65 P253-R63  
Clock Flex Register No. 1 [7:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
Using this register allows the PLL I/O to be set to GPIOs.  
Set to 0x11  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
...  
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0  
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1  
...  
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
8.4.2.66 P253-R64  
Clock Flex Register No. 2 [7:0] (R/W)  
00000000  
Using this register allows the PLL I/O to be set to GPIOs.  
Set to 0x11  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
...  
...  
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0  
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0  
0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1  
...  
1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0  
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  
84  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
9 Applications and Implementation  
9.1 Application Information  
One of the most significant benefits of the TAS5754M device is the ability to be used in a variety of applications  
and with an assortment of signal processing options. This section details the information needed to configure the  
device for several popular configurations and provides guidance on integrating the TAS5754M device into the  
larger system.  
9.1.1 External Component Selection Criteria  
The Supporting Component Requirements table in each application description section lists the details of the  
supporting required components in each of the System Application Schematics.  
Where possible, the supporting component requirements have been consolidated to minimize the number of  
unique components which are used in the design. Component list consolidation is a method to reduce the  
number of unique part numbers in a design, to ease inventory management, and reduce the manufacturing steps  
during board assembly. For this reason, some capacitors are specified at a higher voltage than what would  
normally be required. An example of this is a 50-V capacitor may be used for decoupling of a 3.3-V power supply  
net.  
In this example, a higher voltage capacitor can be used even on the lower voltage net to consolidate all caps of  
that value into a single component type. Similarly, a several unique resistors, having all the same size and value  
but with different power ratings can be consolidated by using the highest rated power resistor for each instance  
of that resistor value.  
While this consolidation may seem excessive, the benefits of having fewer components in the design may far  
outweigh the trivial cost of a higher voltage capacitor. If lower voltage capacitors are already available elsewhere  
in the design, they can be used instead of the higher voltage capacitors. In all situations, the voltage rating of the  
capacitors must be at least 1.45 times the voltage of the voltage which appears across them. The power rating of  
the capacitors should be 1.5 times to 1.75 times the power dissipated in it during normal use case.  
9.1.2 Component Selection Impact on Board Layout, Component Placement, and Trace Routing  
Because the layout is important to the overall performance of the circuit, the package size of the components  
shown in the component list were intentionally chosen to allow for proper board layout, component placement,  
and trace routing. In some cases, traces are passed in between two surface mount pads or ground plane  
extends from the TAS5754M device between two pads of a surface mount component and into to the  
surrounding copper for increased heat-sinking of the device. While components may be offered in smaller or  
larger package sizes, it is highly recommended that the package size remain identical to that used in the  
application circuit as shown. This consistency ensures that the layout and routing can be matched very closely,  
optimizing thermal, electromagnetic, and audio performance of the TAS5754M device in circuit in the final  
system.  
9.1.3 Amplifier Output Filtering  
The TAS5754M device is often used with a low-pass filter, which is used to filter out the carrier frequency of the  
PWM modulated output. This filter is frequently referred to as the L-C Filter, due to the presence of an inductive  
element L and a capacitive element C to make up the 2-pole filter.  
The L-C filter removes the carrier frequency, reducing electromagnetic emissions and smoothing the current  
waveform which is drawn from the power supply. The presence and size of the L-C filter is determined by several  
system level constraints. In some low-power use cases that do not have other circuits which are sensitive to EMI,  
a simple ferrite bead or ferrite bead and capacitor can replace the traditional large inductor and capacitor that are  
commonly used. In other high-power applications, large toroid inductors are required for maximum power and  
film capacitors may be preferred due to audio characteristics. Refer to the application report SLOA119 for a  
detailed description on proper component selection and design of an L-C filter based upon the desired load and  
response.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
85  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
9.2 Typical Applications  
9.2.1 2.0 (Stereo BTL) System  
For the stereo (BTL) PCB layout, see Figure 87.  
A 2.0 system generally refers to a system in which there are two full range speakers without a separate amplifier  
path for the speakers which reproduce the low-frequency content. In this system, two channels are presented to  
the amplifier via the digital input signal. These two channels are amplified and then sent to two separate  
speakers. In some cases, the amplified signal is further separated based upon frequency by a passive crossover  
network after the L-C filter. Even so, the application is considered 2.0.  
Most commonly, the two channels are a pair of signals called a stereo pair, with one channel containing the  
audio for the left channel and the other channel containing the audio for the right channel. While certainly the two  
channels can contain any two audio channels, such as two surround channels of a multi-channel speaker  
system, the most popular occurrence in two channels systems is a stereo pair.  
It is important to note that the HybridFlows which have been developed for specifically for stereo applications will  
frequently apply the same equalizer curves to the left channel and the right channel. This maximizes the  
processing capabilities of each HybridFlow by minimizing the cycles required by the BiQuad filters.  
When two signals that are not two separate signals, but instead are derived from a single signal which is  
separated into low frequency and high frequency by the signal processor, the application is commonly referred to  
as 1.1 or Bi-Amped systems. The 2.0 (Stereo BTL) System application is shown in Figure 80.  
86  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
PVDD  
R100  
750k  
R101  
150k  
C103  
1µF  
C100  
0.1µF  
C101  
22µF  
C102  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C104  
To System Processor  
0.22µF  
3.3V  
L100  
L101  
2.0-SDA  
2.0-SCL  
2.0-SPK_OUTA+  
2.0-GPIO0  
2.0-GPIO1  
2.0-SDOUT  
2.0-MCLK  
2.0-SCLK  
2.0-SDIN  
2.0-OUTA+  
C105  
1µF  
C106  
2.2µF  
C107  
2.2µF  
2.0-SPK_OUTA-  
C108  
3.3V  
2.0-OUTA-  
C109  
0.68µF  
C110  
0.68µF  
0.22µF  
GND  
U100  
TAS5754MDCA  
TAS5756MDCA  
GND  
GND  
PAD  
GND  
C111  
2.0-LRCK/FS  
0.22µF  
L102  
L103  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
2.0-SPK_OUTB-  
2.0-OUTB-  
2.0-OUTB+  
C112  
1µF  
C113  
2.2µF  
C114  
2.2µF  
3.3V  
2.0-SPK_OUTB+  
C115  
C116  
0.68µF  
C117  
0.68µF  
C118  
1µF  
C119  
1µF  
C120  
1µF  
GND  
0.22µF  
PVDD  
GND  
GND  
2.0-SPK_MUTE  
2.0-SPK_FAULT  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C121  
0.1µF  
C122  
22µF  
C123  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
Figure 80. 2.0 (Stereo BTL) System Application Schematic  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
87  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
9.2.1.1 Design Requirements  
Power Supplies:  
3.3-V Supply  
5-V to 24-V Supply  
Communication: Host Processor serving as I2C Compliant Master  
External Memory (such as EEPROM and Flash) used for coefficients and RAM portions of HybridFlow < 5 kB  
The requirements for the supporting components for the TAS5754M device in a Mono (PBTL) System is provided  
in Table 22.  
Table 22. Supporting Component Requirements for Stereo 2.0 (BTL) Systems  
REFERENCE  
DESIGNATOR  
VALUE  
SIZE  
DETAILED DESCRIPTION  
Digital-input, closed-loop class-D amplifier with HybridFlow  
processing  
U100  
TAS5754M  
48 Pin TSSOP  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
R100  
R101  
0402  
0402  
1%, 0.063 W  
1%, 0.063 W  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
L100, L101, L102,  
L103  
See Amplifier Output Filtering  
C196, C197, C198,  
C199  
0.01 µF  
0.1 µF  
0.22 µF  
0.68 µF  
1 µF  
0603  
0402  
0603  
0805  
0603  
0402  
Ceramic, 0.01 µF, 50V, ±10%, X7R  
Ceramic, 0.1 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C100, C121  
C104, C108, C111,  
C115  
Ceramic, 0.22 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C109, C110, C116,  
C117  
Ceramic, 0.68 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.8 × VPVDD  
Ceramic, 1 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C103  
C105, C118, C119,  
C120  
1 µF  
Ceramic, 1 µF, 6.3V, ±10%, X5R  
C106, C107, C113,  
C114  
Ceramic, 2.2 µF, ±10%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
2.2 µF  
22 µF  
0402  
0805  
C101, C102, C122,  
C123  
Ceramic, 22 µF, ±20%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
9.2.1.2 Detailed Design Procedure  
9.2.1.2.1 Step One: Hardware Integration  
Using the Typical Application Schematic as a guide, integrate the hardware into the system schematic.  
Following the recommended component placement, board layout and routing give in the example layout  
above, integrate the device and its supporting components into the system PCB file.  
The most critical section of the circuit is the the power supply inputs, the amplifier output signals, and the  
high-frequency signals which go to the serial audio port. It is recommended that these be constructed to  
ensure they are given precedent as design trade-offs are made.  
For questions and support go to the E2E forums (e2e.ti.com). If it is necessary to deviate from the  
recommended layout, please visit the E2E forum to request a layout review.  
9.2.1.2.2 Step Two: HybridFlow Selection and System Level Tuning  
Use the TAS5754/6M HybridFlow Processsor User Guide and HybridFlow Documentation (SLAU577) to  
select the HybridFlow that meets the needs of the target application.  
Use the TAS5754_56MEVM evaluation module and the PurePath ControlConsole (PPC) software, to load the  
88  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
appropriate HybridFlow. Tune the end equipment by following the instructions in the SLAU577 .  
9.2.1.2.3 Step Three: Software Integration  
Use the Register Dump feature of the PPC software to generate a baseline configuration file.  
Generate additional configuration files based upon operating modes of the end-equipment and integrate static  
configuration information into initialization files.  
Integrate dynamic controls (such as volume controls, mute commands, and mode-based EQ curves) into the  
main system program.  
9.2.1.3 Application Specific Performance Plots for Stereo 2.0 (BTL) Systems  
Table 23. Relevant Performance Plots  
PLOT TITLE  
Figure 25. Output Power vs PVDD  
PLOT NUMBER  
C036  
Figure 26. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 27. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 28. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 29. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 30. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 31. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 32. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 33. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 34. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD  
C034  
C002  
C037  
C003  
C035  
C004  
C038  
C005  
C006  
Figure 35. Efficiency vs Output Power  
C007  
Figure 36. Idle Current Draw (Filterless) vs PVDD  
Figure 37. Idle Current Draw (Traditional LC Filter) vs PVDD  
Figure 40. DVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
C013  
C015  
C028  
Figure 41. AVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
C029  
Figure 42. CPVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
C030  
Figure 43. Powerdown Current Draw vs. PVDD  
C032  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
89  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
9.2.2 Mono (PBTL) Systems  
For the mono (PBTL) PCB layout, see Figure 89.  
A mono system refers to a system in which the amplifier is used to drive a single loudspeaker. Parallel Bridge  
Tied Load (PBTL) indicates that the two full-bridge channels of the device are placed in parallel and drive the  
loudspeaker simultaneously using an identical audio signal. The primary benefit of operating the TAS5754M  
device in PBTL operation is to reduce the power dissipation and increase the current sourcing capabilities of the  
amplifier output. In this mode of operation, the current limit of the audio amplifier is approximately doubled while  
the on-resistance is approximately halved.  
The loudspeaker can be a full-range transducer or one that only reproduces the low-frequency content of an  
audio signal, as in the case of a powered subwoofer. Often in this use case, two stereo signals are mixed  
together and sent through a low-pass filter in order to create a single audio signal which contains the low  
frequency information of the two channels. Conversely, advanced digital signal processing can create a low-  
frequency signal for a multichannel system, with audio processing which is specifically targeted on low-frequency  
effects.  
Although any of the HybridFlows can be made to work with a mono speaker, it is strongly recommended that  
HybridFlows which have been created specifically for mono applications be used. These HybridFlows contain the  
mixing and filtering required to generate the mono signal. They also include processing which is targeted at  
improving the low-frequency performance of an audio system- a feature that, while targeted at subwoofers, can  
also be used to enhance the low-frequency performance of a full-range speaker.  
Because low-frequency signals are not perceived as having a direction (at least to the extent of high-frequency  
signals) it is common to reproduce the low-frequency content of a stereo signal that is sent to two separate  
channels. This configuration pairs one device in Mono PBTL configuration and another device in Stereo BTL  
configuration in a single system called a 2.1 system. The Mono PBTL configuration is detailed in the 2.1 (Stereo  
BTL + External Mono Amplifier) Systems section.  
90  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
PVDD  
R200  
750k  
R201  
150k  
C204  
390µF  
C200  
1µF  
C201  
0.1µF  
C202  
1µF  
C203  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
To System Processor  
3.3V  
MONO-SDA  
MONO-SCL  
C208  
MONO-GPIO0  
MONO-GPIO1  
MONO-SDOUT  
MONO-MCLK  
MONO-SCLK  
MONO-SDIN  
0.22µF  
L200  
C205  
1µF  
C206  
2.2µF  
C207  
2.2µF  
MONO-SPK_OUTA  
C209  
MONO_OUT+  
C220  
0.68µF  
0.22µF  
GND  
U200  
TAS5754MDCA  
TAS5756MDCA  
GND  
PAD  
GND  
C214  
MONO-LRCK/FS  
0.22µF  
L201  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
MONO-SPK_OUTB  
C215  
MONO_OUT-  
C210  
1µF  
R202  
49.9k  
C221  
0.68µF  
3.3V  
0.22µF PVDD  
C211  
1µF  
C212  
1µF  
C213  
1µF  
GND  
C219  
390µF  
C216  
0.1µF  
C217  
1µF  
C218  
22µF  
MONO-SPK_MUTE  
MONO-SPK_FAULT  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
Figure 81. Mono (PBTL) System Application Schematic  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
91  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
9.2.2.1 Design Requirements  
Power Supplies:  
3.3-V Supply  
5-V to 24-V Supply  
Communication: Host Processor serving as I2C Compliant Master  
External Memory (EEPROM, Flash, Etc.) used for Coefficients and RAM portions of HybridFlow < 5 kB  
The requirements for the supporting components for the TAS5754M device in a Mono (PBTL) System is provided  
in Table 24.  
Table 24. Supporting Component Requirements for Mono (PBTL) Systems  
REFERENCE  
DESIGNATOR  
VALUE  
SIZE  
DETAILED DESCRIPTION  
Digital-input, closed-loop class-D amplifier with HybridFlow  
processing  
U200  
TAS5754M  
48 Pin TSSOP  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
R200  
R201  
R202  
0402  
0402  
0402  
1%, 0.063 W  
1%, 0.063 W  
1%, 0.063 W  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
L200, L201  
C298, C299  
See Amplifier Output Filtering  
0.01 µF  
0.1 µF  
0603  
0402  
Ceramic, 0.01 µF, 50 V, ±10%, X7R  
Ceramic, 0.1 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C216  
C208, C209, C214,  
C215  
Ceramic, 0.22 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
0.22 µF  
0.68 µF  
1 µF  
0603  
0805  
0603  
0402  
0805  
Ceramic, 0.68 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.8 × VPVDD  
C220, C221  
C200  
Ceramic, 1 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C205, C211, C213,  
C212  
1 µF  
Ceramic, 1 µF, 6.3 V, ±10%, X5R  
C202, C217, C352,  
C367  
Ceramic, 1 µF, ±10%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
1 µF  
Ceramic, 2.2 µF, ±10%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C206, C207  
C203, C218  
C204, C219  
2.2 µF  
22 µF  
0402  
0805  
Ceramic, 22 µF, ±20%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
390 µF  
10 × 10  
Aluminum, 390 µF, ±20%, 0.08-Ω  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
9.2.2.2 Detailed Design Procedure  
9.2.2.2.1 Step One: Hardware Integration  
Using the Typical Application Schematic as a guide, integrate the hardware into the system schematic.  
Following the recommended component placement, board layout and routing give in the example layout  
above, integrate the device and its supporting components into the system PCB file.  
The most critical section of the circuit is the the power supply inputs, the amplifier output signals, and the  
high-frequency signals which go to the serial audio port. It is recommended that these be constructed to  
ensure they are given precedent as design trade-offs are made.  
For questions and support go to the E2E forums (e2e.ti.com). If it is necessary to deviate from the  
92  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
recommended layout, please visit the E2E forum to request a layout review.  
9.2.2.2.2 Step Two: HybridFlow Selection and System Level Tuning  
Use the TAS5754/6M HybridFlow Processsor User Guide and HybridFlow Documentation (SLAU577) to  
select the HybridFlow that meets the needs of the target application.  
Use the TAS5754_56MEVM evaluation module and the PurePath ControlConsole (PPC) software, to load the  
appropriate HybridFlow. Tune the end equipment by following the instructions in the SLAU577 .  
9.2.2.2.3 Step Three: Software Integration  
Use the Register Dump feature of the PPC software to generate a baseline configuration file.  
Generate additional configuration files based upon operating modes of the end-equipment and integrate static  
configuration information into initialization files.  
Integrate dynamic controls (such as volume controls, mute commands, and mode-based EQ curves) into the  
main system program.  
9.2.2.3 Application Specific Performance Plots for Mono (PBTL) Systems  
Table 25. Relevant Performance Plots  
PLOT TITLE  
Figure 44. Output Power vs PVDD  
PLOT NUMBER  
C039  
. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 12 V  
C017  
. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 15 V  
C018  
Figure 47. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 48. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 49. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 50. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 51. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 52. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 53. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD  
Figure 54. Efficiency vs Output Power  
C019  
C020  
C021  
C022  
C023  
C024  
C025  
C026  
Figure 55. Idle Current Draw (filterless) vs PVDD  
Figure 56. Idle Current Draw (traditional LC filter) vs PVDD  
Figure 57. PVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
C031  
C032  
C027  
Figure 40. DVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 41. AVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 42. CPVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 43. Powerdown Current Draw vs. PVDD  
C028  
C029  
C030  
C032  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
93  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
9.2.3 2.1 (Stereo BTL + External Mono Amplifier) Systems  
Figure 91 shows the PCB Layout for the 2.1 System.  
To increase the low-frequency output capabilities of an audio system, a single subwoofer can be added to the  
system. Because the spatial clues for audio are predominately higher frequency than that reproduced by the  
subwoofer, often a single subwoofer can be used to reproduce the low frequency content of several other  
channels in the system. This is frequently referred to as a dot one system. A stereo system with a subwoofer is  
referred to as a 2.1 (two-dot-one), a 3 channel system with subwoofer is referred to as a 3.1 (three-dot-one), a  
popular surround system with five speakers and one subwoofer is referred to as a 5.1, and so on.  
9.2.3.1 Basic 2.1 System (TAS5754M Device + Simple Digital Input Amplifier)  
In the most basic 2.1 system, a subwoofer is added to a stereo left and right pair of speakers as discussed  
above. The audio amplifiers include one TAS5754M device for the high frequency channels and one simple  
digital input device without integrated audio processing for the subwoofer channel. A member of the popular  
TAS5760xx family of devices is a popular choice for the subwoofer amplifier. In this system, the subwoofer  
content is generated by summing the two channels of audio and sending them through a high-pass filter to filter  
out the high frequency content. This is then sent to the SDIN pin of the subwoofer amplifier, which is operating in  
PBTL, via the SDOUT line of the TAS5754M device . In the basic 2.1 system, only HybridFlows which included  
subwoofer signal generation can be used, because the subwoofer amplifier depends on the TAS5754M device to  
create its stereo low-frequency input signal.  
9.2.3.2 Advanced 2.1 System ( Two TAS5754M devices)  
In higher performance systems, the subwoofer output can be enhanced using digital audio processing as was  
done in the high-frequency channels. To accomplish this, two TAS5754M devices are used- one for the high  
frequency left and right speakers and one for the mono subwoofer speaker. In this system, the audio signal can  
be sent from the TAS5754M device through the SDOUT pin. Alternatively, the subwoofer amplifier can accept  
the same digital input as the stereo, which might come from a central systems processor. In advanced 2.1  
systems, any HybridFlow can be used for the subwoofer, provided the sample rates for the two are the same.  
While any of the HybridFlows can be used, it is highly recommended that only mono HybridFlows are used for  
the subwoofer. Doing so streamlines development time and effort by minimizing confusion and complexity.  
94  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
PVDD  
R300  
750k  
R301  
150k  
C303  
1µF  
C300  
0.1µF  
C301  
22µF  
C302  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C304  
To System Processor  
3.3V  
0.22µF  
L300  
L301  
2.1-SDA  
2.1-SCL  
2.1-SPK_OUT1A+  
2.1-GPIO0_HF  
2.1-GPIO1_HF  
2.1-HF_OUTA+  
2.1-HF_OUTA-  
C305  
1µF  
C306  
2.2µF  
C307  
2.2µF  
2.1-MCLK  
2.1-SCLK  
2.1-SDIN  
3.3V  
2.1-SPK_OUT1A-  
C308  
C309  
0.68µF  
C310  
0.68µF  
0.22µF  
GND  
U300  
TAS5754MDCA  
TAS5756MDCA  
GND  
GND  
PAD  
GND  
C311  
2.1-LRCK/FS  
0.22µF  
L302  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
2.1-SPK_OUT1B-  
2.1-HF_OUTB-  
L303  
C312  
1µF  
C313  
2.2µF  
C314  
2.2µF  
3.3V  
2.1-SPK_OUT1B+  
C315  
2.1-HF_OUTB+  
C316  
0.68µF  
C317  
0.68µF  
C318  
1µF  
C319  
1µF  
C320  
1µF  
GND  
PVDD  
0.22µF  
GND  
GND  
2.1-SPK_MUTE  
2.1-SPK_FAULT  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C321  
0.1µF  
C322  
22µF  
C323  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
PVDD  
R350  
750k  
R351  
150k  
C354  
390µF  
C350  
1µF  
C351  
0.1µF  
C352  
1µF  
C353  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
3.3V  
C358  
2.1-GPIO0_LF  
2.1-GPIO1  
2.1-SDOUT_LF  
0.22µF  
L350  
C355  
1µF  
C356  
2.2µF  
C357  
2.2µF  
2.1-SPK_OUT2A  
C359  
2.1_LF+  
C370  
0.68µF  
0.22µF  
GND  
U301  
TAS5754MDCA  
TAS5756MDCA  
GND  
PAD  
GND  
C364  
0.22µF  
2.1-SPK_OUT2B  
C365  
L351  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
2.1_LF-  
C360  
1µF  
R352  
49.9k  
C371  
0.68µF  
3.3V  
0.22µF PVDD  
C361  
1µF  
C362  
1µF  
C363  
1µF  
GND  
C369  
390µF  
C366  
0.1µF  
C367  
1µF  
C368  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
Figure 82. 2.1 (Stereo BTL + External Mono Amplifier) Application Schematic  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
95  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
9.2.3.3 Design Requirements  
Power Supplies:  
3.3-V Supply  
5-V to 24-V Supply  
Communication: Host Processor serving as I2C Compliant Master  
External Memory (EEPROM, Flash, Etc.) used for Coefficients and RAM portions of HybridFlow < 5 kB  
The requirements for the supporting components for the TAS5754M device in a 2.1 (Stereo BTL + External Mono  
Amplifier) System is provided in Table 26.  
Table 26. Supporting Component Requirements for 2.1 (Stereo BTL + External Mono Amplifier) Systems  
REFERENCE  
DESIGNATOR  
VALUE  
SIZE  
DETAILED DESCRIPTION  
Digital-input, closed-loop class-D amplifier with HybridFlow  
processing  
U300  
TAS5754M  
48 Pin TSSOP  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
R300, R350  
R301, R351  
R352  
0402  
0402  
0402  
1%, 0.063 W  
1%, 0.063 W  
1%, 0.063 W  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
L300, L301, L302,  
L303  
See Amplifier Output Filtering  
See Amplifier Output Filtering  
Ceramic, 0.01µF, 50V, +/-10%, X7R  
L350, L351  
C394, C395, C396,  
C397, C398, C399  
0.01 µF  
0.1 µF  
0603  
0402  
C300, C321, C351,  
C366  
Ceramic, 0.1µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C304, C308, C311,  
C315, C358, C359,  
C364, C365  
Ceramic, 0.22µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
0.22 µF  
0603  
C309, C310, C316,  
C317, C370, C371  
Ceramic, 0.68 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.8 × VPVDD  
0.68 µF  
1 µF  
0805  
0603  
C303, C350, C312,  
C360  
Ceramic, 1 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C305, C318, C319,  
C320, C355, C361,  
C363, C312, C362  
1 µF  
0402  
Ceramic, 1 µF, 6.3V, ±10%, X5R  
Ceramic, 1 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C352, C367  
1 µF  
0805  
0402  
C306, C307, C313,  
C314, C356, C357,  
2.2 µF  
Ceramic, 2.2 µF, ±10%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C301, C302, C322,  
C323, C353, C368  
22 µF  
0805  
Ceramic, 22 µF, ±20%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C354, C369  
390 µF  
10 × 10  
Aluminum, 390 µF, ±20%, 0.08 Ω  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
9.2.3.4 Detailed Design Procedure  
9.2.3.4.1 Step One: Hardware Integration  
Using the Typical Application Schematic as a guide, integrate the hardware into the system schematic.  
Following the recommended component placement, board layout and routing give in the example layout  
above, integrate the device and its supporting components into the system PCB file.  
96  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
The most critical section of the circuit is the the power supply inputs, the amplifier output signals, and the  
high-frequency signals which go to the serial audio port. It is recommended that these be constructed to  
ensure they are given precedent as design trade-offs are made.  
For questions and support go to the E2E forums (e2e.ti.com). If it is necessary to deviate from the  
recommended layout, please visit the E2E forum to request a layout review.  
9.2.3.4.2 Step Two: HybridFlow Selection and System Level Tuning  
Use the TAS5754/6M HybridFlow Processsor User Guide and HybridFlow Documentation (SLAU577) to  
select the HybridFlow that meets the needs of the target application.  
Use the TAS5754_56MEVM evaluation module and the PurePath ControlConsole (PPC) software, to load the  
appropriate HybridFlow. Tune the end equipment by following the instructions in the SLAU577 .  
9.2.3.4.3 Step Three: Software Integration  
Use the Register Dump feature of the PPC software to generate a baseline configuration file.  
Generate additional configuration files based upon operating modes of the end-equipment and integrate static  
configuration information into initialization files.  
Integrate dynamic controls (such as volume controls, mute commands, and mode-based EQ curves) into the  
main system program.  
9.2.3.5 Application Specific Performance Plots for 2.1 (Stereo BTL + External Mono Amplifier) Systems  
Table 27. Relevant Performance Plots  
DEVICE  
PLOT TITLE  
Figure 25. Output Power vs PVDD  
PLOT NUMBER  
C036  
C034  
C002  
C037  
C003  
C035  
C004  
C038  
C005  
C006  
C007  
C013  
C015  
C039  
C017  
C018  
C019  
C020  
C021  
C022  
C023  
C024  
C025  
C026  
C031  
C032  
C027  
Figure 26. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 27. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 28. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 29. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 30. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 31. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 32. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 33. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 34. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD  
U300  
Figure 35. Efficiency vs Output Power  
Figure 36. Idle Current Draw (Filterless) vs PVDD  
Figure 37. Idle Current Draw (Traditional LC Filter) vs PVDD  
Figure 44. Output Power vs PVDD  
. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 12 V  
. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 47. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 48. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 49. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 50. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 51. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 52. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 53. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD  
U301  
Figure 54. Efficiency vs Output Power  
Figure 55. Idle Current Draw (filterless) vs PVDD  
Figure 56. Idle Current Draw (traditional LC filter) vs PVDD  
Figure 57. PVDD PSRR vs Frequency  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
97  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Table 27. Relevant Performance Plots (continued)  
DEVICE  
PLOT TITLE  
Figure 40. DVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 41. AVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 42. CPVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 43. Powerdown Current Draw vs. PVDD  
PLOT NUMBER  
C028  
U300  
and  
U301  
C029  
C030  
C032  
9.2.4 2.2 (Dual Stereo BTL) Systems  
For the 2.2 (Dual Stereo BTL) PCB layout, see Figure 93.  
A 2.2 system consists of a stereo pair of loudspeakers with a pair of low frequency loudspeakers. In some cases,  
this is implemented as two stereo full-range speakers and two subwoofers. In others, it is implemented as two  
high frequency speakers and two mid-range speakers.  
As in the case of the 2.1 system, the 2.2 system can be created by using the audio processing inside of the  
TAS5754M device and creating a subwoofer signal which is sent to a simple digital input amplifier like one of the  
TAS5760xx devices (or similar). This requires that a HybridFlow that contains a subwoofer generation processing  
block be used in the TAS5754M device. This signal is created by summing the left and right channel, filtering  
with a high-pass filter and sending it to the subwoofer amplifier. For this type of system, the TAS5754M device  
used for the high-frequency drivers must have a subwoofer generation processing block in order to provide the  
appropriate signal to the subwoofer amplifiers.  
Alternatively, the low-frequency drivers can be implemented by using two TAS5754M devices; each receiving  
their input from a central systems processor. This type of implementation allows for any stereo HybridFlow to be  
used for both the low-frequency and high-frequency drivers, increasing the processing options available for the  
system. This expands the processing capabilities of the system, introducing digital signal processing to the low-  
frequency drivers as well as the high-frequency drivers. This type of 2.2 system is described in Figure 83.  
98  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
PVDD  
R400  
750k  
R401  
150k  
C403  
1µF  
C400  
0.1µF  
C401  
22µF  
C402  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
To System Processor  
C404  
3.3V  
0.22µF  
L400  
L401  
2.2-SDA  
2.2-SCL  
2.2-SPK_OUT1A+  
2.2-GPIO0_HF  
2.2-GPIO1_HF  
2.2-HF_OUTA+  
C405  
1µF  
C406  
2.2µF  
C407  
2.2µF  
2.2-MCLK  
2.2-SCLK  
2.2-SDIN  
3.3V  
2.2-SPK_OUT1A-  
C408  
2.2-HF_OUTA-  
C410  
0.68µF  
C409  
0.68µF  
0.22µF  
GND  
U400  
TAS5754MDCA  
TAS5756MDCA  
GND  
GND  
PAD  
GND  
C411  
2.2-LRCK/FS  
0.22µF  
L402  
L403  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
2.2-SPK_OUT1B-  
2.2-HF_OUTB-  
C412  
1µF  
C413  
2.2µF  
C414  
2.2µF  
3.3V  
2.2-SPK_OUT1B+  
C415  
2.2-HF_OUTB+  
C416  
0.68µF  
C417  
0.68µF  
C418  
1µF  
C419  
1µF  
C420  
1µF  
GND  
PVDD  
0.22µF  
GND  
GND  
2.2-SPK_MUTE  
2.2-SPK_FAULT  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C421  
0.1µF  
C422  
22µF  
C423  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
PVDD  
R450  
750k  
R451  
150k  
C453  
1µF  
C450  
0.1µF  
C451  
22µF  
C452  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C454  
3.3V  
0.22µF  
L450  
L451  
2.2-SPK_OUT2A+  
2.2-GPIO0_LF  
2.2-GPIO1_LF  
2.2-SDOUT_LF  
2.2-LF_OUTA+  
C455  
1µF  
C456  
2.2µF  
C457  
2.2µF  
3.3V  
2.2-SPK_OUT2A-  
C458  
2.2-LF_OUTA-  
C459  
0.68µF  
C460  
0.68µF  
0.22µF  
GND  
U401  
TAS5754MDCA  
TAS5756MDCA  
GND  
GND  
PAD  
GND  
C461  
0.22µF  
L452  
L453  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
2.2-SPK_OUT2B-  
2.2-LF_OUTB-  
C462  
1µF  
C463  
2.2µF  
C464  
2.2µF  
3.3V  
2.2-SPK_OUT2B+  
C465  
2.2-LF_OUTB+  
C466  
0.68µF  
C467  
0.68µF  
C468  
1µF  
C469  
1µF  
C470  
1µF  
GND  
PVDD  
0.22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C471  
0.1µF  
C472  
22µF  
C473  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
Figure 83. 2.2 (Dual Stereo BTL) Application Schematic  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
99  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
9.2.4.1 Design Requirements  
Power Supplies:  
3.3-V Supply  
5-V to 24-V Supply  
Communication: Host Processor serving as I2C Compliant Master  
External Memory (EEPROM, Flash, Etc.) used for Coefficients and RAM portions of HybridFlow < 5 kB  
The requirements for the supporting components for the TAS5754M device in a 2.1 (Stereo BTL + External Mono  
Amplifier) System is provided in Figure 89.  
Table 28. Supporting Component Requirements for 2.2 (Dual Stereo BTL) Systems  
REFERENCE  
DESIGNATOR  
VALUE  
SIZE  
DETAILED DESCRIPTION  
U400, U401  
Digital Input, Closed-Loop Class-  
D Amplifier with HybridFlow  
Processing  
TAS5754M device  
48-pin TSSOP  
R400, R450  
R401, R451  
See Figure 84  
See Figure 84  
0402  
0402  
1%, 0.063 W  
1%, 0.063 W  
L400, L401, L402, L403, L450,  
L451, L452, L453  
See Amplifier Output Filtering  
0603  
C492, C493, C494, C495, C496,  
C497, C498, C499  
Ceramic, 0.01 µF, 50 V, ±10%,  
X7R  
0.01 µF  
0.1 µF  
C400, C421, C450, C471  
Ceramic, 0.1 µF, ±10%, X7R,  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 ×  
VPVDD  
0402  
0603  
0805  
C404, C408, C411, C415, C454,  
C458, C461, C465  
Ceramic, 0.22 µF, ±10%, X7R,  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 ×  
VPVDD  
0.22 µF  
0.68 µF  
C409, C410, C416, C417, C459,  
C460, C466, C467  
Ceramic, 0.68 µF, ±10%, X7R,  
Voltage rating must be > 1.8 ×  
VPVDD  
C403, C453, C462  
Ceramic, 1 µF, ±10%, X7R,  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 ×  
VPVDD  
1 µF  
1 µF  
0603  
0402  
0402  
C405, C418, C419, C420, C455,  
C468, C469, C470, C412, C462  
Ceramic, 1 µF, 6.3V, ±10%, X5R  
C406, C407, C413, C414, C456,  
C457, C463, C464  
Ceramic, 2.2 µF, ±10%, X5R,  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 ×  
VPVDD  
2.2 µF  
C401, C402, C422, C423, C451,  
C452, C472, C473  
Ceramic, 22 µF, ±20%, X5R,  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 ×  
VPVDD  
22 µF  
0805  
9.2.4.2 Detailed Design Procedure  
9.2.4.2.1 Step One: Hardware Integration  
Using the Typical Application Schematic as a guide, integrate the hardware into the system schematic.  
Following the recommended component placement, board layout and routing give in the example layout  
above, integrate the device and its supporting components into the system PCB file.  
The most critical section of the circuit is the the power supply inputs, the amplifier output signals, and the  
high-frequency signals which go to the serial audio port. It is recommended that these be constructed to  
ensure they are given precedent as design trade-offs are made.  
For questions and support go to the E2E forums (e2e.ti.com). If it is necessary to deviate from the  
recommended layout, please visit the E2E forum to request a layout review.  
9.2.4.2.2 Step Two: HybridFlow Selection and System Level Tuning  
Use the TAS5754/6M HybridFlow Processsor User Guide and HybridFlow Documentation (SLAU577) to  
select the HybridFlow that meets the needs of the target application.  
100  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Use the TAS5754_56MEVM evaluation module and the PurePath ControlConsole (PPC) software, to load the  
appropriate HybridFlow. Tune the end equipment by following the instructions in the SLAU577 .  
9.2.4.2.3 Step Three: Software Integration  
Use the Register Dump feature of the PPC software to generate a baseline configuration file.  
Generate additional configuration files based upon operating modes of the end-equipment and integrate static  
configuration information into initialization files.  
Integrate dynamic controls (such as volume controls, mute commands, and mode-based EQ curves) into the  
main system program.  
9.2.4.3 Application Specific Performance Plots for 2.2 (Dual Stereo BTL) Systems  
Table 29. Relevant Performance Plots  
PLOT TITLE  
Figure 25. Output Power vs PVDD  
PLOT NUMBER  
C036  
C034  
C002  
C037  
C003  
C035  
C004  
C038  
C005  
C006  
C007  
C013  
C015  
C028  
C029  
C030  
C032  
Figure 26. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 27. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 28. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 29. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 30. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 31. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 32. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 33. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 34. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD  
Figure 35. Efficiency vs Output Power  
Figure 36. Idle Current Draw (Filterless) vs PVDD  
Figure 37. Idle Current Draw (Traditional LC Filter) vs PVDD  
Figure 40. DVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 41. AVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 42. CPVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
Figure 43. Powerdown Current Draw vs. PVDD  
9.2.5 1.1 (Dual BTL, Bi-Amped) Systems  
The 1.1 use case is a special application of the 2.0 stereo BTL system. In this system, two channels of an  
amplifier are used to reproduce a single channel of an audio signal that has been separated based on frequency.  
This configuration removes the need for passive cross-over elements inside of a loudspeaker, because the signal  
is separated into a low-frequency and a high-frequency component before it is amplified. Systems which operate  
in this configuration, in which separate amplifier channels drive the low and high-frequency loudspeakers directly,  
are often called “bi-amped” systems.  
Popular applications for this configuration include:  
Powered near-field monitors  
Blue-tooth Speakers  
Co-axial Loudspeakers  
Surround/Fill Speakers for multi-channel audio  
From a hardware perspective, the TAS5754M device is configured in the same way as the Stereo BTL system.  
However, special HybridFlows which support 1.1 operation must be used, because HybridFlows that are  
designed for stereo applications frequently apply the same equalizer curves to the left and the right hand  
channel. Additionally, many 1.1 HybridFlows include a delay element which can improve time alignment between  
two loudspeakers that are mounted on the same baffle some distance apart.  
For the 1.1 (Dual BTL, Bi-Amped) PCB layout, see Figure 95.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
101  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
PVDD  
R500  
750k  
R501  
150k  
C503  
1µF  
C500  
0.1µF  
C501  
22µF  
C502  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C504  
To System Processor  
0.22µF  
3.3V  
L500  
L501  
1.1-SDA  
1.1-SCL  
1.1-SPK_OUTA+  
1.1-GPIO0  
1.1-GPIO1  
1.1-SDOUT  
1.1-MCLK  
1.1-SCLK  
1.1-SDIN  
1.1_LF+  
1.1_LF-  
C505  
1µF  
C506  
2.2µF  
C507  
2.2µF  
1.1-SPK_OUTA-  
C508  
3.3V  
C509  
0.68µF  
C510  
0.22µF  
GND  
U500  
TAS5754MDCA  
TAS5756MDCA  
GND  
GND  
PAD  
GND  
C511  
1.1-LRCK/FS  
0.22µF  
L502  
L503  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
GND  
1.1-SPK_OUTB-  
1.1_HF-  
1.1_HF+  
C512  
1µF  
C513  
2.2µF  
C514  
2.2µF  
3.3V  
1.1-SPK_OUTB+  
C515  
C516  
0.68µF  
C517  
0.68µF  
C518  
1µF  
C519  
1µF  
C520  
1µF  
GND  
0.22µF  
PVDD  
GND  
GND  
1.1-SPK_MUTE  
1.1-SPK_FAULT  
GND  
GND  
GND  
C521  
0.1µF  
C522  
22µF  
C523  
22µF  
GND  
GND  
GND  
Figure 84. 1.1 (Dual BTL, Bi-Amped) Application Schematic  
102  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
9.2.5.1 Design Requirements  
Power Supplies:  
DVDD Supply, in compliance with the voltage ranges shown in the Recommended Operating Conditions  
table.  
PVDD Supply, in compliance with the voltage ranges shown in the Recommended Operating Conditions  
table.  
Communication: Host Processor serving as I2C Compliant Master  
External Memory (EEPROM, Flash, Etc.) used for Coefficients and RAM portions of HybridFlow < 5 kB  
The requirements for the supporting components for the TAS5754M device in a Dual BTL, Bi-Amped System is  
provided in Figure 95.  
Table 30. Supporting Component Requirements for 1.1 (Dual BTL, Bi-Amped) Systems  
REFERENCE  
DESIGNATOR  
VALUE  
SIZE  
DETAILED DESCRIPTION  
Digital-input, closed-loop class-D amplifier with HybridFlow  
processing  
U500  
TAS5754M  
48 Pin TSSOP  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
R500  
R501  
0402  
0402  
1%, 0.063 W  
1%, 0.063 W  
See Adjustable  
Amplifier Gain and  
Switching Frequency  
Selection  
L500, L501, L502,  
L503  
See Amplifier Output Filtering  
C596, C597, C598,  
C599  
0.01 µF  
0.1 µF  
0.22 µF  
0.68 µF  
1 µF  
0603  
0402  
0603  
0805  
0603  
0402  
Ceramic, 0.01 µF, 50 V, ±10%, X7R  
Ceramic, 0.1 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C500, C521  
C504, C508, C511,  
C515  
Ceramic, 0.22 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C509, C510, C516,  
C517  
Ceramic, 0.68 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.8 × VPVDD  
Ceramic, 1 µF, ±10%, X7R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
C503  
C505, C518, C519,  
C520, C512  
1 µF  
Ceramic, 1 µF, 6.3V, ±10%, X5R  
C506, C507, C513,  
C514  
Ceramic, 2.2 µF, ±10%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
2.2 µF  
22 µF  
0402  
805  
C501, C502, C522,  
C523  
Ceramic, 22 µF, ±20%, X5R  
Voltage rating must be > 1.45 × VPVDD  
9.2.5.2 Detailed Design Procedure  
9.2.5.2.1 Step One: Hardware Integration  
Using the Typical Application Schematic as a guide, integrate the hardware into the system schematic.  
Following the recommended component placement, board layout and routing give in the example layout  
above, integrate the device and its supporting components into the system PCB file.  
The most critical section of the circuit is the the power supply inputs, the amplifier output signals, and the  
high-frequency signals which go to the serial audio port. It is recommended that these be constructed to  
ensure they are given precedent as design trade-offs are made.  
For questions and support go to the E2E forums (e2e.ti.com). If it is necessary to deviate from the  
recommended layout, please visit the E2E forum to request a layout review.  
9.2.5.2.2 Step Two: HybridFlow Selection and System Level Tuning  
Use the TAS5754/6M HybridFlow Processsor User Guide and HybridFlow Documentation (SLAU577) to  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
103  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
select the HybridFlow that meets the needs of the target application.  
Use the TAS5754_56MEVM evaluation module and the PurePath ControlConsole (PPC) software, to load the  
appropriate HybridFlow. Tune the end equipment by following the instructions in the SLAU577 .  
9.2.5.2.3 Step Three: Software Integration  
Use the Register Dump feature of the PPC software to generate a baseline configuration file.  
Generate additional configuration files based upon operating modes of the end-equipment and integrate static  
configuration information into initialization files.  
Integrate dynamic controls (such as volume controls, mute commands, and mode-based EQ curves) into the  
main system program.  
9.2.5.3 Application Specific Performance Plots for 1.1 (Dual BTL, Bi-Amped) Systems  
Table 31. Relevant Performance Plots  
PLOT TITLE  
Figure 25. Output Power vs PVDD  
PLOT NUMBER  
C036  
Figure 26. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 27. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 28. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 29. THD+N vs Frequency, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 30. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 12 V  
Figure 31. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 15 V  
Figure 32. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 18 V  
Figure 33. THD+N vs Power, VPVDD = 24 V  
Figure 34. Idle Channel Noise vs PVDD  
C034  
C002  
C037  
C003  
C035  
C004  
C038  
C005  
C006  
Figure 35. Efficiency vs Output Power  
C007  
Figure 36. Idle Current Draw (Filterless) vs PVDD  
Figure 37. Idle Current Draw (Traditional LC Filter) vs PVDD  
Figure 40. DVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
C013  
C015  
C028  
Figure 41. AVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
C029  
Figure 42. CPVDD PSRR vs. Frequency  
C030  
Figure 43. Powerdown Current Draw vs. PVDD  
C032  
104  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
10 Power Supply Recommendations  
10.1 Power Supplies  
The TAS5754M device requires two power supplies for proper operation. A high-voltage supply called PVDD is  
required to power the output stage of the speaker amplifier and its associated circuitry. Additionally, one low-  
voltage power supply called DVDD is required to power the various low-power portions of the device. The  
allowable voltage range for both the PVDD and the DVDD supply are listed in the Recommended Operating  
Conditions table.  
AVDD  
Internal Analog Circuitry  
Internal Mixed  
Signal Circuitry  
Internal Digital  
Circuitry  
+
DVDD  
DVDD  
DVDD_REG  
External Filtering/Decoupling  
±
LDO  
CPVDD  
CPVSS  
External Filtering/Decoupling  
Charge  
Pump  
DAC Output Stage  
(Positive)  
DAC Output Stage  
(Negative)  
Output Stage  
Power Supply  
Gate Drive  
Voltage  
PVDD  
GVDD_REG  
External Filtering/Decoupling  
Linear  
Regulator  
+
PVDD  
±
Figure 85. Power Supply Functional Block Diagram  
10.1.1 DVDD Supply  
The DVDD supply required from the system is used to power several portions of the device. As shown in the  
Figure 85, it provides power to the DVDD pin, the CPVDD pin, and the AVDD pin. Proper connection, routing,  
and decoupling techniques are highlighted in the TAS5754M device EVM User's Guide SLAU583 (as well as the  
Applications and Implementation section and Layout Examples section) and must be followed as closely as  
possible for proper operation and performance. Deviation from the guidance offered in the TAS5754M device  
EVM User's Guide, which followed the same techniques as those shown in the Applications and Implementation  
section, may result in reduced performance, errant functionality, or even damage to the TAS5754M device.  
Some portions of the device also require a separate power supply which is a lower voltage than the DVDD  
supply. To simplify the power supply requirements for the system, the TAS5754M device includes an integrated  
low-dropout (LDO) linear regulator to create this supply. This linear regulator is internally connected to the DVDD  
supply and its output is presented on the DVDD_REG pin, providing a connection point for an external bypass  
capacitor. It is important to note that the linear regulator integrated in the device has only been designed to  
support the current requirements of the internal circuitry, and should not be used to power any additional external  
circuitry. Additional loading on this pin could cause the voltage to sag, negatively affecting the performance and  
operation of the device.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
105  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Power Supplies (continued)  
The outputs of the high-performance DACs used in the TAS5754M device are ground centered, requiring both a  
positive low-voltage supply and a negative low-voltage supply. The positive power supply for the DAC output  
stage is taken from the AVDD pin, which is connected to the DVDD supply provided by the system. A charge  
pump is integrated in the TAS5754M device to generate the negative low-voltage supply. The power supply input  
for the charge pump is the CPVDD pin. The CPVSS pin is provided to allow the connection of a filter capacitor  
on the negative low-voltage supply. As is the case with the other supplies, the component selection, placement,  
and routing of the external components for these low voltage supplies are shown in the evmName and should be  
followed as closely as possible to ensure proper operation of the device.  
10.1.2 PVDD Supply  
The output stage of the speaker amplifier drives the load using the PVDD supply. This is the power supply which  
provides the drive current to the load during playback. Proper connection, routing, and decoupling techniques are  
highlighted in the evmName and must be followed as closely as possible for proper operation and performance.  
Due the high-voltage switching of the output stage, it is particularly important to properly decouple the output  
power stages in the manner described in the TAS5754M device EVM User's Guide. Lack of proper decoupling,  
like that shown in the EVM User's Guide, results in voltage spikes which can damage the device.  
A separate power supply is required to drive the gates of the MOSFETs used in the output stage of the speaker  
amplifier. This power supply is derived from the PVDD supply via an integrated linear regulator. A GVDD_REG  
pin is provided for the attachment of decoupling capacitor for the gate drive voltage regulator. It is important to  
note that the linear regulator integrated in the device has only been designed to support the current requirements  
of the internal circuitry, and should not be used to power any additional external circuitry. Additional loading on  
this pin could cause the voltage to sag, negatively affecting the performance and operation of the device.  
106  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
11 Layout  
11.1 Layout Guidelines  
11.1.1 General Guidelines for Audio Amplifiers  
Audio amplifiers which incorporate switching output stages must have special attention paid to their layout and  
the layout of the supporting components used around them. The system level performance metrics, including  
thermal performance, electromagnetic compliance (EMC), device reliability, and audio performance are all  
affected by the device and supporting component layout.  
Ideally, the guidance provided in the applications section with regard to device and component selection can be  
followed by precise adherence to the layout guidance shown in . These examples represent exemplary baseline  
balance of the engineering trade-offs involved with laying out the device. These designs can be modified slightly  
as needed to meet the needs of a given application. In some applications, for instance, solution size can be  
compromised in order to improve thermal performance through the use of additional contiguous copper near the  
device. Conversely, EMI performance can be prioritized over thermal performance by routing on internal traces  
and incorporating a via picket-fence and additional filtering components. In all cases, it is recommended to start  
from the guidance shown in the Layout Examples section and the TAS5754M-56MEVM, and work with TI field  
application engineers or through the E2E community in order to modify it based upon the application specific  
goals.  
11.1.2 Importance of PVDD Bypass Capacitor Placement on PVDD Network  
Placing the bypassing and decoupling capacitors close to supply has been long understood in the industry. This  
applies to DVDD, AVDD, CPVDD, and PVDD. However, the capacitors on the PVDD net for the TAS5754M  
device deserve special attention.  
It is imperative that the small bypass capacitors on the PVDD lines of the DUT be placed as close the PVDD pins  
as possible. Not only does placing these devices far away from the pins increase the electromagnetic  
interference in the system, but doing so can also negatively affect the reliability of the device. Placement of these  
components too far from the TAS5754M device may cause ringing on the output pins that can cause the voltage  
on the output pin to exceed the maximum allowable ratings shown in the Absolute Maximum Ratings table,  
damaging the device. For that reason, the capacitors on the PVDD net must be no further away from their  
associated PVDD pins than what is shown in the example layouts in the Layout Examples section  
11.1.3 Optimizing Thermal Performance  
Follow the layout examples shown in the Layout Examples section of this document to achieve the best balance  
of solution size, thermal, audio, and electromagnetic performance. In some cases, deviation from this guidance  
may be required due to design constraints which cannot be avoided. In these instances, the system designer  
should ensure that the heat can get out of the device and into the ambient air surrounding the device.  
Fortunately, the heat created in the device would prefer to travel away from the device and into the lower  
temperature structures around the device.  
11.1.3.1 Device, Copper, and Component Layout  
Primarily, the goal of the PCB design is to minimize the thermal impedance in the path to those cooler structures.  
These tips should be followed to achieve that goal:  
Avoid placing other heat producing components or structures near the amplifier (including above or below in  
the end equipment).  
If possible, use a higher layer count PCB to provide more heat sinking capability for the TAS5754M device  
and to prevent traces and copper signal and power planes from breaking up the contiguous copper on the top  
and bottom layer.  
Place the TAS5754M device away from the edge of the PCB when possible to ensure that heat can travel  
away from the device on all four sides.  
Avoid cutting off the flow of heat from the TAS5754M device to the surrounding areas with traces or via  
strings. Instead, route traces perpendicular to the device and line up vias in columns which are perpendicular  
to the device.  
Unless the area between two pads of a passive component is large enough to allow copper to flow in  
between the two pads, orient it so that the narrow end of the passive component is facing the TAS5754M  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
107  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Layout Guidelines (continued)  
device .  
Because the ground pins are the best conductors of heat in the package, maintain a contiguous ground plane  
from the ground pins to the PCB area surrounding the device for as many of the ground pins as possible.  
11.1.3.2 Stencil Pattern  
The recommended drawings for the TAS5754M device PCB foot print and associated stencil pattern are shown  
at the end of this document in the package addendum. Additionally, baseline recommendations for the via  
arrangement under and around the device are given as a starting point for the PCB design. This guidance is  
provided to suit the majority of manufacturing capabilities in the industry and prioritizes manufacturability over all  
other performance criteria. In elevated ambient temperatures or under high-power dissipation use-cases, this  
guidance may be too conservative and advanced PCB design techniques may be used to improve thermal  
performance of the system. It is important to note that the customer must verify that deviation from the guidance  
shown in the package addendum, including the deviation explained in this section, meets the customer’s quality,  
reliability, and manufacturability goals.  
11.1.3.2.1 PCB footprint and Via Arrangement  
The PCB footprint (also known as a symbol or land pattern) communicates to the PCB fabrication vendor the  
shape and position of the copper patterns to which the TAS5754M device will be soldered to. This footprint can  
be followed directly from the guidance in the package addendum at the end of this data sheet. It is important to  
make sure that the thermal pad, which connects electrically and thermally to the PowerPAD of the TAS5754M  
device , be made no smaller than what is specified in the package addendum. This ensures that the TAS5754M  
device has the largest interface possible to move heat from the device to the board.  
The via pattern shown in the package addendum provides an improved interface to carry the heat from the  
device through to the layers of the PCB, because small diameter plated vias (with minimally-sized annular rings)  
present a low thermal-impedance path from the device into the PCB. Once into the PCB, the heat travels away  
from the device and into the surrounding structures and air. By increasing the number of vias, as shown in the  
Layout Examples section, this interface can benefit from improved thermal performance.  
NOTE  
Vias can obstruct heat flow if they are not constructed properly.  
Remove thermal reliefs on thermal vias, because they impede the flow of heat through the via.  
Vias filled with thermally conductive material are best, but a simple plated via can be used to avoid the  
additional cost of filled vias.  
The drill diameter should be no more than 8mils in diameter. Also, the distance between the via barrel and  
the surrounding planes should be minimized to help heat flow from the via into the surrounding copper  
material. In all cases, minimum spacing should be determined by the voltages present on the planes  
surrounding the via and minimized wherever possible.  
Vias should be arranged in columns, which extend in a line radially from the heat source to the surrounding  
area. This arrangement is shown in the Layout Examples section.  
Ensure that vias do not cut-off power current flow from the power supply through the planes on internal  
layers. If needed, remove some vias which are farthest from the TAS5754M device to open up the current  
path to and from the device.  
11.1.3.2.1.1 Solder Stencil  
During the PCB assembly process, a piece of metal called a stencil on top of the PCB and deposits solder paste  
on the PCB wherever there is an opening (called an aperture) in the stencil. The stencil determines the quantity  
and the location of solder paste that is applied to the PCB in the electronic manufacturing process. In most  
cases, the aperture for each of the component pads is almost the same size as the pad itself.  
108  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Layout Guidelines (continued)  
However, the thermal pad on the PCB is quite large and depositing a large, single deposition of solder paste  
would lead to manufacturing issues. Instead, the solder is applied to the board in multiple apertures, to allow the  
solder paste to outgas during the assembly process and reduce the risk of solder bridging under the device. This  
structure is called an aperture array, and is shown in the Layout Examples section. It is important that the total  
area of the aperture array (the area of all of the small apertures combined) covers between 70% and 80% of the  
area of the thermal pad itself.  
11.2 Layout Examples  
11.2.1 2.0 (Stereo BTL) System  
Figure 86. 2.0 (Stereo BTL) 3-D View  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
109  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Layout Examples (continued)  
Figure 87. 2.0 (Stereo BTL) Top Copper View  
110  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Layout Examples (continued)  
11.2.2 Mono (PBTL) System  
Figure 88. Mono (PBTL) 3-D View  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
111  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Layout Examples (continued)  
Figure 89. Mono (PBTL) Top Copper View  
112  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Layout Examples (continued)  
11.2.3 2.1 (Stereo BTL + Mono PBTL) Systems  
Figure 90. 2.1 (Stereo BTL + Mono PBTL) 3-D View  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
113  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Layout Examples (continued)  
Figure 91. 2.1 (Stereo BTL + Mono PBTL) Top Copper View  
114  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Layout Examples (continued)  
11.2.4 2.2 (Dual Stereo BTL) Systems  
Figure 92. 2.2 (Dual Stereo BTL) 3-D View  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
115  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Layout Examples (continued)  
Figure 93. 2.2.2 (Dual Stereo BTL) Top Copper View  
116  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
Layout Examples (continued)  
11.2.5 1.1 (Bi-Amped BTL) Systems  
Figure 94. 1.1 (Bi-Amped BTL) 3-D View  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
117  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
Layout Examples (continued)  
Figure 95. 2. 1.1 (Bi-Amped BTL) Top Copper View  
118  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
www.ti.com  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
12 Device and Documentation Support  
12.1 Device Support  
12.1.1 Specification Definitions  
The glossary listed in the Glossary section is a general glossary with commonly used acronyms and words which  
are defined in accordance with a broad TI initiative to comply with industry standards such as JEDEC, IPC, IEEE,  
and others. The glossary provided in this section defines words, phrases, and acronyms that are unique to this  
product and documentation, collateral, or support tools and software used with this product. For any additional  
questions regarding definitions and terminology, please see the e2e Audio Amplfier Forum.  
Bridge tied load (BTL) is an output configuration in which one terminal of the speaker is connected to one half-  
bridge and the other terminal is connected to another half-bridge.  
DUT refers to a device under test to differentiate one device from another.  
Closed-loop architecture describes a topology in which the amplifier monitors the output terminals, comparing  
the output signal to the input signal and attempts to correct for non-linearities in the output.  
Dynamic controls are those which are changed during normal use by either the system or the end-user.  
GPIO is a general purpose input/output pin. It is a highly configurable, bi-directional digital pin which can perform  
many functions as required by the system.  
Host processor refers to device which serves as a central system controller, providing control information to  
devices connected to it as well as gathering audio source data from devices upstream from it and distributing it to  
other devices. Configuring the controls of a device to optimize the audio output of a loudspeaker based on  
frequency response, time alignment, target sound pressure level, safe operating area of the system, and user  
preference.  
HybridFlow uses components which are built in RAM and components which are built in ROM to make a  
configurable device that is easier to use than a fully-programmable device while remaining flexible enough to be  
used in several applications  
Maximum continuous output power refers to the maximum output power that the amplifier can continuously  
deliver without shutting down when operated in a 25°C ambient temperature. Testing is performed for the period  
of time required that their temperatures reach thermal equilibrium and are no longer increasing  
Parallel bridge tied load (PBTL) is an output configuration in which one terminal of the speaker is connected to  
two half-bridges which have been placed in parallel and the other terminal is connected to another pair of half  
bridges placed in parallel  
rDS(on) is a measure of the on-resistance of the MOSFETs used in the output stage of the amplifier.  
Static configuration information are controls which do not change while the system is in normal use.  
Vias are copper-plated through-hole in a PCB.  
12.2 Trademarks  
PurePath is a trademark of Texas Instruments.  
Burr-Brown is a registered trademark of Texas Instruments.  
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
12.3 Electrostatic Discharge Caution  
These devices have limited built-in ESD protection. The leads should be shorted together or the device placed in conductive foam  
during storage or handling to prevent electrostatic damage to the MOS gates.  
12.4 Glossary  
SLYZ022 TI Glossary.  
This glossary lists and explains terms, acronyms, and definitions.  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
119  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
 
TAS5754M  
SLAS987 JUNE 2014  
www.ti.com  
13 Mechanical, Packaging, and Orderable Information  
The following pages include mechanical, packaging, and orderable information. This information is the most  
current data available for the designated devices. This data is subject to change without notice and revision of  
this document. For browser-based versions of this data sheet, refer to the left-hand navigation.  
120  
Submit Documentation Feedback  
Copyright © 2014, Texas Instruments Incorporated  
Product Folder Links: TAS5754M  
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM  
www.ti.com  
10-Dec-2020  
PACKAGING INFORMATION  
Orderable Device  
Status Package Type Package Pins Package  
Eco Plan  
Lead finish/  
Ball material  
MSL Peak Temp  
Op Temp (°C)  
Device Marking  
Samples  
Drawing  
Qty  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
(4/5)  
(6)  
TAS5754MDCA  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
HTSSOP  
HTSSOP  
DCA  
DCA  
48  
48  
40  
RoHS & Green  
NIPDAU  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
Level-3-260C-168 HR  
-25 to 85  
-25 to 85  
TAS5754M  
TAS5754M  
TAS5754MDCAR  
2000 RoHS & Green  
NIPDAU  
(1) The marketing status values are defined as follows:  
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.  
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.  
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.  
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.  
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.  
(2) RoHS: TI defines "RoHS" to mean semiconductor products that are compliant with the current EU RoHS requirements for all 10 RoHS substances, including the requirement that RoHS substance  
do not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, "RoHS" products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes. TI may  
reference these types of products as "Pb-Free".  
RoHS Exempt: TI defines "RoHS Exempt" to mean products that contain lead but are compliant with EU RoHS pursuant to a specific EU RoHS exemption.  
Green: TI defines "Green" to mean the content of Chlorine (Cl) and Bromine (Br) based flame retardants meet JS709B low halogen requirements of <=1000ppm threshold. Antimony trioxide based  
flame retardants must also meet the <=1000ppm threshold requirement.  
(3) MSL, Peak Temp. - The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.  
(4) There may be additional marking, which relates to the logo, the lot trace code information, or the environmental category on the device.  
(5) Multiple Device Markings will be inside parentheses. Only one Device Marking contained in parentheses and separated by a "~" will appear on a device. If a line is indented then it is a continuation  
of the previous line and the two combined represent the entire Device Marking for that device.  
(6)  
Lead finish/Ball material - Orderable Devices may have multiple material finish options. Finish options are separated by a vertical ruled line. Lead finish/Ball material values may wrap to two  
lines if the finish value exceeds the maximum column width.  
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information  
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and  
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.  
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.  
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.  
Addendum-Page 1  
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM  
www.ti.com  
10-Dec-2020  
Addendum-Page 2  
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION  
www.ti.com  
5-Jan-2022  
TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION  
*All dimensions are nominal  
Device  
Package Package Pins  
Type Drawing  
SPQ  
Reel  
Reel  
A0  
B0  
K0  
P1  
W
Pin1  
Diameter Width (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Quadrant  
(mm) W1 (mm)  
TAS5754MDCAR  
HTSSOP DCA  
48  
2000  
330.0  
24.4  
8.6  
13.0  
1.8  
12.0  
24.0  
Q1  
Pack Materials-Page 1  
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION  
www.ti.com  
5-Jan-2022  
*All dimensions are nominal  
Device  
Package Type Package Drawing Pins  
HTSSOP DCA 48  
SPQ  
Length (mm) Width (mm) Height (mm)  
350.0 350.0 43.0  
TAS5754MDCAR  
2000  
Pack Materials-Page 2  
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION  
www.ti.com  
5-Jan-2022  
TUBE  
*All dimensions are nominal  
Device  
Package Name Package Type  
DCA HTSSOP  
Pins  
SPQ  
L (mm)  
W (mm)  
T (µm)  
B (mm)  
TAS5754MDCA  
48  
40  
530  
11.89  
3600  
4.9  
Pack Materials-Page 3  
GENERIC PACKAGE VIEW  
DCA 48  
12.5 x 6.1, 0.5 mm pitch  
HTSSOP - 1.2 mm max height  
SMALL OUTLINE PACKAGE  
This image is a representation of the package family, actual package may vary.  
Refer to the product data sheet for package details.  
4224608/A  
www.ti.com  
IMPORTANT NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER  
TI PROVIDES TECHNICAL AND RELIABILITY DATA (INCLUDING DATA SHEETS), DESIGN RESOURCES (INCLUDING REFERENCE  
DESIGNS), APPLICATION OR OTHER DESIGN ADVICE, WEB TOOLS, SAFETY INFORMATION, AND OTHER RESOURCES “AS IS”  
AND WITH ALL FAULTS, AND DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS AND IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY  
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD  
PARTY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.  
These resources are intended for skilled developers designing with TI products. You are solely responsible for (1) selecting the appropriate  
TI products for your application, (2) designing, validating and testing your application, and (3) ensuring your application meets applicable  
standards, and any other safety, security, regulatory or other requirements.  
These resources are subject to change without notice. TI grants you permission to use these resources only for development of an  
application that uses the TI products described in the resource. Other reproduction and display of these resources is prohibited. No license  
is granted to any other TI intellectual property right or to any third party intellectual property right. TI disclaims responsibility for, and you  
will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against, any claims, damages, costs, losses, and liabilities arising out of your use of these  
resources.  
TI’s products are provided subject to TI’s Terms of Sale or other applicable terms available either on ti.com or provided in conjunction with  
such TI products. TI’s provision of these resources does not expand or otherwise alter TI’s applicable warranties or warranty disclaimers for  
TI products.  
TI objects to and rejects any additional or different terms you may have proposed. IMPORTANT NOTICE  
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265  
Copyright © 2022, Texas Instruments Incorporated  

相关型号:

TAS5754MDCA

40W 立体声、61W 单声道、4.5V 至 26.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器 | DCA | 48 | -25 to 85
TI

TAS5754MDCAR

40W 立体声、61W 单声道、4.5V 至 26.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器 | DCA | 48 | -25 to 85
TI

TAS5755M

具有 2.1 声道模式的 50W 立体声、100W 单声道、8V 至 26.4V、数字输入开环 D 类音频放大器
TI

TAS5755MDFD

具有 2.1 声道模式的 50W 立体声、100W 单声道、8V 至 26.4V、数字输入开环 D 类音频放大器 | DFD | 56 | 0 to 125
TI

TAS5755MDFDR

具有 2.1 声道模式的 50W 立体声、100W 单声道、8V 至 26.4V、数字输入开环 D 类音频放大器 | DFD | 56 | 0 to 125
TI

TAS5756M

30W 立体声、40W 单声道、4.5V 至 26.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器
TI

TAS5756MDCA

30W 立体声、40W 单声道、4.5V 至 26.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器 | DCA | 48 | -25 to 85
TI

TAS5756MDCAR

30W 立体声、40W 单声道、4.5V 至 26.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器 | DCA | 48 | -25 to 85
TI

TAS5760L

Check for Samples: TAS5760L
TI

TAS5760LD

General Purpose I2S Input Class D Amplifier with DirectPath™ Headphone / Line Driver
TI

TAS5760LDAP

21W 立体声、42W 单声道、4.5V 至 16.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器 | DAP | 32 | -25 to 85
TI

TAS5760LDAPR

21W 立体声、42W 单声道、4.5V 至 16.4V 电源电压、数字输入 D 类音频放大器 | DAP | 32 | -25 to 85
TI